LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF \ , SAN DIEGO X2. A GUIDE TO TUB ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE: A GRAMMAR AFTER EEASMUS RASKj EXTRACTS IN PROSE AND VERSE, WITH NOTES, ETC. FOB THE USB OF LEARNERS. OTttft an 3ppen*u% BT EDWARD JOHNSTON VERNON, B.A. MAGDALENE HAUt Antiquam exquirite Matrem. LONDON: JOHN RUSSELL SMITH, 86, SOHO SQUARE. MDCCCLXXII. TO JOHN DAVID MACBRIDE ESQ. D.C.T.. principal of iHagtialciw Sjall, E1C. ETC. IN TOKKK OF RESPECT AND ESTEEM PREFACE. ANGLO-SAXON was spoken by our forefathers in Eng land for more than five hundred years ; from it have sprung the greater part of our local and family names, very many of our old, and almost all our provincial words and sayings, and fifteen twentieths of what we daily think, and speak, and write. No Englishman therefore altogether ignorant of Anglo-Saxon can have a thorough knowledge of his own mother- tongue, while the language itself, to say nothing of the many valuable and interesting works preserved in it, may in copiousness of words, strength of expression, and grammatical precision, vie with modern German.* The present object is to furnish the learner, if it may he, with a cheaper, easier, more comprehensive, and not less trustworthy guide to this tongue than may hitherto have been within his reach. The first six chapters are mainly abridged from the Grammar of the late Professor Rask of Copenhagen, as edited by Mr. Thorpe, whom the compiler has to thank for leave to make use of his praiseworthy labours, and for obliging answers to queries. * See Thorpe'* Advertisement to Bosk's Grainuar VI PREFACE. Some alterations and additions seemed called for by the progress of the study since the publication of that work, whence its improved cultivation in this country must be dated. Illustrations from the kindred new Teutonic dialects German and Dutch, with some from Greek and Latin, old and provincial English &c. have taken the place of the Scandinavian* references as fitter for the English learner. A view, however narrow and imperfect, of Languages more or less nearly akin, can hardly fail, it is hoped, to awaken in the understanding student, a wish to know something more of comparative philol gy, hitherto so unworthily slighted among our- selves, and so laboriously and skilfully worked out by the Germans. The hyphen is used throughout to divide the parts of compound words from each other, as also prefixes, and when needful, case-endings and other terminations, from roots; in this as in other tongues, the beginner must accustom himself to parse not only every word in a phrase, but every syllable in a word. Some rules for gender have been attempted, and a list of exceptions to the general rule of its agreement with the German, together with comparative tables of the cardinal numbers, and of the chief tenses, are added. The accent, sometimes misplaced or left out by Rask, and too often altogether neglected by others, has been carefully attended to. * Some acquaintance with Icelandic and the other old northern tongues, above all Gothic, which shows the originals of the A. S. inflections, quan- tity &c., is of course needful for a perfect knowledge of Anglo-Saxon. PREFACE. VI The Syntax is in great part new ; the examples mostly gathered from the compiler's own reading. The Extracts in prose and verse are fitted by explana- tory notes for use without a dictionary ; an analysis of the narrative verse, partly shortened from Rask, and a literal version of the poetry, are also given. The purpose here being to teach pure Anglo-Saxon only, the selec- tions are all from writers of a good age; one well grounded in the language in its perfect state, will not find it hard to bring down his knowledge of his native tongue, through Semi-Saxon, and eld and middle English, to our own time. The Appendix contains lists of words likely to be con- founded by learners, together with a number of addi- tional notes. For the length to which the latter have run some apology may be needed, but it seemed best not to lose the opportunity of bringing in, however irre- gularly, some matter which may be useful. To Mr. J. M. Kemble, Editor of Beowulf &c., who shares with Mr. Thorpe the honour of making his coun- trymen independent of foreigners for a right knowledge of their old national language and literature, sincere thanks are due for much very kind, and most valuable help and advice touching the accent, gender, and other hard and weighty points, on which opinions from such an authority cannot be too highly prized. Obliging hints, and the loan of scarce books from other quarters, must also be thankfully acknowledged. The compiler, feeling what scanty justice has been done to these various and welcome aids, must add that Vlll PREFACE. for those faults both of doing, and of leaving undone, which he cannot hope to have avoided, he alone has to answer. Should this imperfect attempt however, by making the speech of the Anglo-Saxons somewhat easier and more attractive than heretofore to their children, give any of these a better knowledge of the real struc- ture, and true spirit, and a greater love for the power and worth of that tongue, which bids fair one day to overspread the whole earth, some time and labour will not have been spent in vaiu. CONTENTS. PAGE. Preface . . . * CHAPTER I LETTERS. 1. Alphabet &c. ..... 1 2. Accent ^ \ , 2 3. Pronunciation . . . . 3 4. Spelling .. , . . . .4 5. Change of LeUtrs .... 5 6. Correspondence of do. . . . .7 CHAPTER II. NOUNS. 1. Genders ...... 8 2. Inflection . . . . . .10 3. Simple Order, or Declension I. . . .12 4. Complex Order. Declension II. Class 1. . . .14 5. 2. . . 14 6. 3. . .16 7. Complex Order. Declension III. Class 1. . .17 8. 2. . .18 9. 3. , . 19 CHAPTER III. ADJECTIVES. 1. Inflection . . . . . .20 2. Definite Declension . . , .21 3. Indefinite Declension I. . . . .22 4. II. , 23 5. Comparison . . . . .24 6. Irregular do. , . . 25 X CONTENTS. CHAPTER IV. PRONOUNS. PAGE. 1. Personal . . . .27 2. Possessive ...... 29 3. Demonstrative , ., . .30 4. Interrogative . . . .31 5. Indefinite . . . , .32 6. Cardinal Numbers . . . . . ?3 7. Ordinal do. . . . . . .35 CHAPTER V. VERBS. 1. Conjugation ... 37 2. Chief Tenses . . . . . .38 3. Simple Order, or Conjugation I. . . ,.39 4. Conjugation I. Class 1. . . .41 5. 2. . . . 42 6. 3. . . . .45 7. Complex Order . . . .46 8. Conjugation II. Class 1. . . . .48 9. 2. . . . .50 10. 3. . . . .53 11. Conjugation III. ..... 54 12. Conjugation III. Class 1. . . . .55 13. 2. . . ", . . 5H 14. 3. . ' . . .59 15. Anomalous Verbs ..... 16. Auxiliaries &c. . . . . .62 CHAPTER VI.- FORMATION OF WORDS. , 1. Prefixes ...... 63 2. Nominal Terminations . . . .65 3. Adjectival do. . "" " .67 4. Verbal do. . . . . . - 68 5. Particles .....< 69 6. Composition . '. .71 CONTENTS. XI CHAPTER VII. SYNTAX. PAGE. 1. Syntax ...... 73 2. Syntax of Nouns . . . . .74 3. Adjectives . . .76 4. Verbs . . . . .78 5. Prepositions . . . .87 6. Conjunctions . . . . .92 7. Interjections . . . .96 CHAPTER VI II. PROSE EXTRACTS. 1. S. Matthew, XII. 113. . " ". . . 98 2. S. Mark, VI. 32. . . . . .100 3. S. Luke, XX. 925. . ., . . .104 4. S. John, VII. 1428. .... 107 5. Genesis, XLV. . . . . .109 6. Exodus, XXIII. . . . . , ' 113 7. Saxon Chronicle . . . . .117 8. Apollonius ..... 121 9. Boethius, XVII., XXXIV. 10. . . .- .129 CHAPTER IX. VERSE EXTRACTS. 1. Narrative Verse ..... 135 2. Boethius, Metre XII. . . . . .141 3. Caedmon, parts of Cant. II. and X VI. . . 145 4. Be6wulf, parts of Cant. V., XXII., XXVII. . . 153 APPENDIX. 1. Words spelt alike, but differing in accent, pronunciation, and meaning , . . ... . .1 2. Words spelt and accented alike, hut differing in meaning . 167 3. Other words likely to be confounded by learners , . 174 4. Additional Notes . . 180 A. S. Anglo-Saxon. Comp. compare. D. Dutch. F. French. G. German. Goth. Gothic. Gr. Greek, L. Latin. lit. literally. O. old English in general P. provincial. S. Scottish, the ancient English dialect of the Lowlands of Scotland, and part of the north of England. K umbers, applied to a noun, denote the declension and class; to a verb, xae conjugation and class ; to au adjective, the indefinite declension. GUIDE TO THE ANGLO-SAXON TONGUE. CHAPTER I. SECT. I. The Alphabet, #< The A. S. letters are 24, viz. A a [ft] N n M 86 [X] O \ B b P P C c [C] R r H D d [b] S s &1 1 E e [e] T t W F f M. u- u G H 0&d h[fe&] W X w X [|7Fp] I i Y y L 1 P )> M m [GO] D d The characters between brackets were written by the Anglo-Saxons, but being for the most part mere cor- ruptions of the Roman forms are now seldom printed, B ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. In later times k was used for c ; v and z occur in foreign names only. The abbreviations 3 for and, ty for J> ae t, the, that, and others were in use ; in general ~~ shows that m or n is left out. II. Accent. The accent (') over a vowel shows it to be long. The A. S. accented vowels are mostly long by nature ; as, lar lore (G. lehre), beer bier (G. bahre), gren green (G. griin), w i d wide (G. weit), god good (G. gut), rum room, space (G. raum), fyrj^re (G. feuer). Some have become long by contraction, g, h, ng, or n, being left out ; as, smeagan, smean to consider, sleahan, slean to slay, gangan, gan to go, fangan, fon to take : in f if five, tod tooth, mud mouth, and the like, the kin- dred tongues show the omitted n ; as, TTCVTC, L. quinque, G. fiinf ; 6-Bovg, o-'Sovr-o^, L. dens,( a ) G. zahn ; G. mund: a few from the omission of a vowel ; as, tae, ta toe. From the examples above and below, it will be seen that in English a long or double vowel, and in German a long or double vowel, or diphthong, commonly answers to an A. S. long or accented vowel, while short vowels in general correspond in like manner. The accent serves at the same time, though never used for that pur- pose merely, to distinguish many words of like spelling but different meaning and sound; as, ac but, ac oak; msest mast, maest most; wende turned, went, wende weened; is is, is ice; for for, for journey; ful full, C) In A. S. as in Greek, ns does not occur in the same syllable. PROJSUNCIATrON. ful foul; hyrde herd, keeper, hyrde heard.(*) With- out due attention therefore to the accent, A. S. cannot be rightly written, pronounced, nor understood.( 3 ) III. Pronunciation. The pronunciation is as follows : a has the sound of our a in ah; F. &c. short a. a is longer and broader, like G. &c. long a, approach- ing our au and aw. au and aw sound nearly like ow in now, but more open, like G. and Italian au. ae is pronounced like a in glad. re nearly as a in dare ; G. eh ; F. close e. e sounds like e in send, rather, when thus placed ; before a consonant followed by a vowel it resembles the en in bear, but is shorter, like F. open ^. Before a or o it sounds as y ; at the end of a syllable it is very lightly sounded, like the F. unaccented e t or the G. e final. e is pronounced like -ag*- i and y answer to i in dim. i before another vowel to y. i anfty to ee in deem. o to short o in not ; F. open o. 6 to long o in note ; F. close a. ow is sounded as ow in now. ( a ) Comp. G. mast, meist; waudte, wahnte; ist, eis; far, fubr; voll, faul; hirt, hb'rte. /') The more advanced student will find comparison with the Gothic and other ancient dialects the on \. s :re guide to the A. S. quantity. 4 AttGLO-SAXON GUIDE. u as u in full. u as oo in fool. The consonants are pronounced as in English, with the following exceptions : c is always hard like k ; cw stands for qu, which was however used in later times. f between two vowels, or at the end of a syllable, sounds like v. g is never soft ; when placed however between two of the vowels as, e, i, or y, or at the beginning of a sylla- ble before e or i, followed by another vowel, it has the sound of y.C 1 ) eg is usually written for gg. h is always strongly aspirated ; at the end of a syllable or before a hard consonant it is guttural, lUce the G. ch 9 the S. ch in loch, and the Irish gh in lough. hw anwers to our wh ; h occurs also before I, n and r. w sometimes, as in E., stands before r; likewise before /. b (iha) is our hard th, as in thing. A (eth) our soft th, as in other. ^ b usually begins, d ends a syllable, but they were and are often confounded. IV. Spelling. The A. S. spelling was very variable; the following arethe commonest changes : 1 It is likely that g before e or i, and (like h) at the end of a syllable, was guttural, as it often is in German, and always in Dutch. CHANGE OF LETTERS. 5 a 33 and 3?, a; ]?am, ]>em; J)eere, J>are. ^ a ea; waldan, wealdan to wield, rule.A*^- a o and o a; man, mon( 2 ) man; on, an on. ea e and e a; ceaster, cester ( 3 ) town; fela, many; ea e; teah, teh drew. i y,eo; hit, hyt it: him, heom them. i y, ie, e6; hi, hy, hie, heo they. eo u, y, e; sweord, swurd sword; seolf, ir ,/. , . self self. eo u, y; sweotol, swiitol, swytol manifest. g h ; jsorg^ sorh care, sorrow. -^>*^>> ng, nc, ngc; j>ang, sane, sangc song: n and g are often transposed, &c. ; jjegen, }>egn, ]jeng, Jjen^*^ servant, thane : g is sometimes added or cast off at the end of a word; as,Jrwy, jijvyg why? hefig, hefi Jieavy : it is often left out before d or d; msegden, m se den maiden, maegct, meed tribe. cs, sc, hs) x; acsian, ascian, ahsian, axian to ash ax. V. Change of Letters. Other changes of letters take place in inflection and derivation ; the German synonyms often undergo the like, the English sometimes. a is changed into se, and vice versa; grafan to grave, ,(G. graben) ; J>u graefst thou gravest, (G. du grabst) ; (*) P. man for man, lartg for long, and the like. ( 3 ) L. castra; hence Chester, -cester, Sue. in local names. ( 4 ^ See also nouns 11. 2,, and in-pfiilar comparison. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. bred: lath, (G. bad); badu laths (G. bader.'X 1 ) a into e; man, man (G. mann) ; men( 2 ) men (G. a into se ; hal hale, tvhole, gre-heelan to heal. n ea into e or y ; neah nigh, nehst tiyhst nighest, next. F*v*w ej o , eo, u into i or y ; ren rain, rinan to rain; "storm storm (G. sturm) ; styrman to storm (G. stlirm- en) ; weorc work (G. werk), wyrcan to work (G. wirken); hunger hunger, hyngrian to hunger. ea, eo, u, into y ; leas loose, (G. los) ; a-lysan to re-lease (G. er-16sen) ; neod need (G. noth) ; nydan to force (G. nbthigen) : scrud shroud, scrydan to shroud. 6 into e; dom doom, deman to deem, doom. bb into f ; a-hebban to exalt, a-hafen exalted ( 4 ). c and cc into h ; secan to seek, ic sohte / sought ; feccan to fetch, (ge-)f re.ht fretcht( 5 ). g into h and vice versd ; wrigan to cover, ic wrah 2 covered; beorh mountain, plur. beorgas( 6 ). l c&v4r-0^uc s into r( 7 ) ; freosan to freeze, (ge-)froren frozen. d:intod( 8 ); snidan to cut (G. schneiden), sniden cut. (G. ge-schnitten). i Several other changes take place in the formation of imperfects I. 3. and complex; likewise in nouns II. 2., III. 1. 3. and in adjectives. ' <') See Verbs II. 3., and Nouns III. 1. \*) See Nouns III. 2. ( 3 ) See irregular comparison. ( 4 ) See Verbs II. 3. ( 5 ) See Verbs I. 2, 3. ( 6 ) See Verbs ITT. 1 , 2. Nouns II. 2. O See Verbs III. 3. () See Verbs II. 1, and III. 2, CORRESPONDENCE OF LETTERS. 7 YL Correspondence of Letters, Attention to the correspondence of A. S. with Eng- lish and German letters helps not only to recognise words already known in a kindred tongue, but to settle their derivation, spelling, and quantity. Thus a answers to E. long o; G. ei, 1. e ; ban (9) bone, G. bein ; mare( 10 ) more, greater, G. mehr. ea to E. 1. e; G. 1. o, a. au : stream stream, G. strom; sceap sheep, G. schaf; ge-leafa be-lief t G. g-laube. ea to E. short a, 1. o; G. s. a; scearp sharp, G. scharf ; ceald cold, G. kalt. ae to E. and G. a, e : gaest guest, G. gast; fsest fast, G. fest. ee to E. 1. e, a, o; G. 1. a, ei: seed seed, G. saat; hser hair, G. haar; msest( n ) most, G. meist. e to E. 1. e ; G. 1. ii, a: cene bold, keen, G. kuhn j wenan to ween, imagine, G. w'ahnen. i to E. 1. i; G. ei : side side, G. seite. eo to E. a, o, u, e ; G. e, ie : deorc dark, sweord sword, G. schwert; ceorl churl, G. kerl; feoll fell,G. fiel. 6 to E. oo ; G. 1. u : flor/oo, G. flur. eo, eow to E. 1. e ; G. 1. ie, eu : deop deep, G. tief ; deor dear, G. theuer; cneow knee, G. knie. ii to E. ou, ow, oo ; G. 1. au, u : mus mouse, G. maus ; eu cow, G. kuh ; rum room, space, G. raunu () S. bane. (J) S. nwir, (). S. maith- .8- ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. y to E. 1. i, e ; G. 1. eu, au, 6 : fyr fire, G. feuer ; bryd bride, G. braut; hyran to hear, G. hbren. c (before a soft vowel) to E. and G. ch, k : cyle chill, G. kii hie ; stic ian to stick, G. stechen. cc to E. tch, ck ; G. ck : streccan to stretch, G. strecken ; liccian to licit, G. lecken. scto E. sh, sk ; G. sch : scyld shield, G. schild ; disc dish, table, G. tisch ; tusc tusk. g (before a soft vowel sometimes) to E. y, G. j : gear year, G. jahr ; girstan-daeg yester-day. rands are often transposed: forst frost, G. frost: bridd (young) bird ; flacse flask, G. flasche. CHAPTER II. I. Nouns. Gender. The genders, as in Greek, Latin, German, &c. are three, viz. neuter, masculine, feminine ; the first two, as in those tongues, closely resembling each other, the last differing widely from both. A. S. nouns in general agree in gender with the corresponding German ; as, XT f 5 w *f G. weib woman, wife. I cild G. kind child. Masculine: mona G. mond moon. Feminine: sunne G. sonneszm. The chief exceptions are : Neut. ear G. ahre (f.) ear of corn. faesten G. feste (f.) fastness. fyder G. feder (f.) feather, winy. 3JOUNS GENDER Neut. mod G. muth (m.) mind, mood. twig G. zweig (m.) twig. wgepen G. waffe (f.) weapon. westen G. wiiste (f.) waste, desert, win( 1 ) G. wein (m.) wine. Masc. craeft G. kraft (f.) power, craft, art. ende G. endk (n.) end. feld G. feld (n.) field. here G. heer (n.) army. lust G. lust (D lust, pleasure. mere, lake, sea. book. health, salvation. (n.) (n.) (m.; G. lust mere( 2 ) G. meer Fern, hoc G. buch haelu( 3 ) G. heil heorte( 4 ) G. herz (n.) heart. ge-syhd G. ge-sicht (n.) sight. turf G. torf (n.) turf. wiht G. wicht (m.) wight, being, Moreover, all A. S. nouns ending in -dom, -had, and -scipe are masculine, while G. nouns in -thum are some neuter, some masculine, in -heit and -schaft feminine ; A. S. in -nes (-nys, -nis) feminine, G. in -niss some neuter, some feminine. Some words are of more than one gender ; thus flod( 5 ) jloodis neut. (II. 1.) and masc. (II. 2.); ssea masc. (II. 2.) and fern. (I. 3.) ; bend band, bond masc. (II. 2.) and fern. (II. 3.) ; lac gift, office, &c. all three (II. 1. 2. 3.), but oftenest neuter. (') OiVoe masc. L. vin-um, neut. (*) L. mare, neut. ( 3 ) L. sal us, fern. ( 4 ) Kaptf-iafem. L. cor, neut. ( 8 ) G.fluth fern.; see masc. and fern. ; bund neut. and masc. 10 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. FURTHER RULES FOR GENDER. I. Nouns ending in -tl, -ed, -incle, and diminutives in -en; likewise all having the nominative and accusa- tive alike in both numbers are neuter. II. Nouns in -a, -m, -Is, -ad, -od, -e (from verbs) and -lin g ; likewise all forming the genitive singular in -a, or the nominative plural in -as are masculine. III. Nouns in -aed, -ud, -d (after a consonant) -eo, -u (of quality from adjectives) -e (from adjectives) -ung, and -least are feminine. IV. The gender of compound words depends on that of the last part; thus wif-man woman is masculine.^) II. Declension. Nouns are divided into two Orders, the Simple and the Complex ;( 2 ) the former having one Declension of three Classes for the three ("lenders, the latter two De- clensions of three Classes each( 3 ). The Simple Order, answering to the Greek and Latin pure nouns, contains those ending in an essential vowel ; viz. -e in the neuter, -a in the masculine, and -e in the feminine. The Complex Order, answering to the Gr. and L. impure nouns, comprises all ending in a conso- nant, together with some in an unessential -e or -u. (*) By the same rule G. frauen-zimmer female is neut. ; manns-person man fern. (*) In Grimm's system Simple Nouns are called weak > Complex, strong. (*_) For the grounds of this division, see llask's Grammar, pp. 2630. KOUNS DECLENSION. 11 Table of the Inflection of Nouns. SIMPLE ORDER. DECLENSION I. I. Neut. II. Masc. IILle2 SINGULAR. IV om. -e -a -e Accus.( 4 ) -e -an -an Abl. & Dat. -an -an -an Gen. -an -an -an PLURAL. Nora. & Ace. -an Abl. & Dat. -urn Gen. -e n a COMPLEX ORDER. DECLENSION II. DECLENSION III. I.Neut. II. Masc. III.FemT I.Neut. II.Masc. III.Fem, SINGULAR. Nora. (-e) Accus. (-e) -e A. & D. -e -e -e Gen. -es -es -e PLURAL. N. & A. -as -a A. & D. -urn -um -um Gen. -a . -a -a(-ena) -a SINGULAR. (-e) -u -u (-e) -u -e -e -a -e -es -a -e PLURAL. -u -a -a -um -um -um -a -a(-ena) ( 4 ) On this arrangement see Rask, Preface p. 54. 12 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. RULES FOR DECLENSION. I. All Nouns have the nominative and accusative alike in the plural. II. All Nouns form the ablative and dative plural in -um, often changed to -on, and sometimes again to -an. III. The ablative and dative are always alike in each number. IV. Neuters, as in Greek, Latin, and German, have the nominative and accusative njjliP inVnrn nnrnTM " V. Feminines vary the nominative and accusative singular ; but form the ablative, dative, and genitive singular alike. VI. The Simple Order forms its genitive plural in -ena, the Complex in -a. (*) III. Simple Order, or Declension I. The First Declension contains a few neuters ending in -e, all masculines in -a, and all feminines in -e ; the nominative plural is formed in -an ( 2 ). The three Classes are so much alike that they may be shown at one view. (') Participial nouns form it in -ra (see II. 2.) like indefinite adjec- tives. Complex feminines (II. 3. and III. 3.) sometimes have a Simple gen. plural. (") G. nouns forming their plur. in -en (-n) are Simple, all others Com- plex. VOTTN? SIMPLE ORDER. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. steorr-a tung-e steorr-an tung-an steorr-an tung-an steorr-an tung-an PLURAL. steorr-an tung-an steorr-um tung-um steorr-ena tung-ena, Examples eage eye, steorra star, tunge tongue. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. Neuter. Norn. eag-e Accus. eag-e Abl. & Dat. e ag-a n Gen. eag-an N. & Ace. eag-an Abl. & Dat. eag-um Gen. eag-ena In like manner are declined eare ear, cliwe clew ; hearra lord, gumawaw, wyrht&wright, workman, tima time, draca dragon, hlisa fame ; hlaefdige lady, cirice (circe) cAwrcA,wuce week, eor&eearth, wise wise,way( z ) $~c. Also some contracted nouns ; as, frea lord (masc.) ta toe, beo( 3 ) bee (fern.), making frean &c. plural tan, taum, taena; beon, beona &c. JE' law, s&sea(*), and ea river (likewise fern.) are indeclinable, except some- times gen. eas ( 5 ), nom. plural ean. (*) Manna man and heofone heaven are much less common than man ' 1 1 1. 2. andheofonll. 2. ( 3 ) G. zehe, biene, not contracted. (*) Sse is also declinable, as II. 2. (*) All A. S. nouns originally formed the genitive in -a; see p. 70, n. 4 C ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. IV. Complex Order. Declension IT. CLASS I. The Second Declension, first Class, contains many neuters ending in one or more consonants. Examples leaf leaf, word word. SINGULAR. Nom. & Ace. leaf word Abl. & Dat. leaf-e word-e Gen. leaf-es word-es PLURAL. Nom. & Ace. leaf word Abl. & Dat. leaf-urn word-ura Gen. leaf-a word-a. Thus are declined ear ear ofcorn,hus house, deor (*) beas^ ge hat promise, hors horse, spel story, spell, wif woman, wife, beam child, bairn, lamb lamb 8fc. ; eoh( 2 ) fee, money, cattle makes feo, feos. V. CLASS II. The Second Declension, second Class, comprises all regular masculines ending in a consonant, all complex ones in -e, and a few in -u (-o) ; the plural is formed in -as ; some monosyllables change se to a in the plural. (*) Hence deer " Rats and mice, and such small deer." ( 2 ) Comp. L. pec^-us, pec-unia ; our fee is money only, G. vieh cattU onlv. NOUNS COMPLEX ORDER. 15 Examples dlpart, deal, ende end, dseg day. SlNOl'I AR. N. & A. dsel end-e dseg A. &D. dael-e end-e daeg Gen. dsel-es end-es daeg-ea PLURAL. N. &A. dsel-as end-as dag-as A. & D. daJ-um end-am dag-um Gen. dael-a end-a dag-a. Thus also cyning (cing) king, smid smith, stan stone, weg way, freo-dom freedom, munuc-had monk- hood ; mete meat, raedere reader, weordscipe wor~ ship; staef( ) staff, letter, mseg kinsman, &c. Partici- pial nouns in -end usually have the nominative and ac- cusative sing, and plur. alike, and make -ra in the gen. plural. P r e 6 n d friend, and f e 6 n d foe, fiend have plur. frynd, fynd, freond, feond, or freondas &c. Dis- syllables in -el (-ol), -en (-on), and -er (-or) are con- tracted in the oblique cases and plural ; thus en gel angel, dryhten lord, ealdor prince, make engle, engles, englas &c. dryhtne &c. Heofen (-on) keavenhas abl. and dat. heofene, heofone, or heofne and so on. Monad: (mond) month forms monde &c. Winter winter has abl. and dat. wintra, nom. pi. wintras, or winter. Feld field, ford ford, and sumer (-or) sum- mer make abl. and dat. felda, ford a, sumera. <,*) Comp. G. stab, stabe ; &c. G. buch-stab is letter. J6 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Faeder father is seldom varied in the singular, and never contracted. Nouns in -h, and -u (-o), change them tog and w; as, beah ring, beage, beages&c.; bealu bale, injury, bealwe, and the like : a few drop the-h; as, feorh life, feore &c. Those in -sc often takex (cs) in the plural; as, fiscjfc^, fixas &c.; some- times throughout ; fix, fixe &c. VI. CLASS III. The Second Declension, third Class, contains all regular feminines ending in a consonant; the plural is formed in -a. Examples stefen (stefn) voice, spraic speech. SINGULAR. Nom. stefen spreec Ace. stefn-e sprasc-e A. & D. stefn-e sprsec-e Gen. stefn-e spraic-e PLURAL. N. & A. stefn-a spraec-a A. & D. stefn-um sprsec-um Gen. stefn-a(-ena) spraec-a(-enaj. Thus are declined sawel soul, wylen female slave, frofer comfort, ge-samnung assembly, ecnys eternity, lag law, stow place, J)eod people, lar lore, myrct mirth, ben prayer, Sue. Dissyllables in -el (-ol), -en, -er (-or), are contracted in the oblique cases, and often in all ; as, sawl, wyln, fr6fr. A single final consonant after a NOUNS COMPLEX ORDER. 17 short vowel is doubled; as syn sin, accus. &c. synne. The gen. plur. is sometimes in -en a. Nouns in -ung sometimes form the abl. and dat. in -a. Hand hand, makes accus. hand, abl. and dat. handa. Miht might, tid time, tide, woruld world, have the accus. like the nom.; woruld sometimes makes gen. worldes. ( ] \ N iht wight, and wiht wight remain unchanged in the accus. singular, and nom. plural. VII. Declension III. CLASS I. The Third Declension, first Class, contains all compit^ neuters in -e, all in -u, all neuter dissyllables in er (-or) _el (-ol), an3 -en, some in ed (-od), and many monosyl- lables in a consonant. The plural is in -u (-o), often changed to -a ; some monosyllables change as, and a few ea, into a in the plural. Examples treow tree, rice realm, f set vat, vessel. SINGULAR. N. & A. treow ric-e A. & D. treow-e ric-e Gen. treow-es ric-es PLURAL. N. & A. treow-u ric-u A. & D. treow-um rie-um Gen. treow-a ric-a ( ! ) See page 13, n. 5 above; 18 AKGLO-SAXO* GUIDK. So likewise scip fhip, lira Uvib, de&folf 1 ) devil, waeter water, ge-writ writing, writ ; wite punishment, e-mare boundary, spere spear, melu meal, flour ; se& bath, glaes( e ) glass, geat gate, &c. Dissyllables are mostly contracted ; thus, heafod head, tacen token, wunder wonder, make heafde, heafdes &c. tacne, wundre c. ; nyten beast, neat, weofod altar, &c. are usually not. Those in -en some- times double the n in the oblique cases ; as, west en de- sert, westenne &c. Cild child, cealf calf, and aeg egg, form their plural cildru (-a) ( 3 ), cealfru, aegru ; the first however often has cild or cilde. pystru darkness, lendenu loins, &c. have no singular. Nouns in -u take w, and are usually contracted, forming the plural in -a; as, sear u array, ambush, searwe, searwesj plur. searwa &c. VIII. Ci^ss II. The Third Declension, second Class, comprises maa- culines in -u (-o), forming their plural in -a, some irre- gulars (masc. and fern.) in -er (-or), changing their vowe' in the ablative and dative, and making -u (-o, -a) in the plural, a few (masc.) changing their vowel as above and in the nominative and accusative plural, &c. 0) De A folk oftpn (*)Co.p.G. (*) Henee<*>ttri.P.cAiU-r, cop- . , boc burh Ace. den-e 3 A. & D. den-e bee byrig Gen. den-e bee burgee () Coop.G Bun, manner; fow.foMe; xalui, 20 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. PLURAL, N. & A. den-a bee byrig A. & D. den-um boc-um burg-um Gen. den-a (-en a) boc-a burg-a. Like denu are declined lufu love, gifu. gift, grace, sn6ru daughter-in-law, cam care, lagu water, &c. Maenigeo (-u) many, multitude, yldo age, eld, brredo breadth, and some others in-o are indeclinable, except abl. and dat. plur. maenigum. Duru door makes abl. and dat. sing. dura. Collectives in -waru, as burh-waru town's-folk, form plur. -ware, gen. -wara or -warena. Mus mouse, lias louse, cu cow, gos goose, broc breeches, follow b6c, making plur. mys mice, lys lice, cy kye, ges^) geese, brec. Cu sometimes has gen. sing, cus, (") gen. plur. cuna. Turf turf, and furh furrow, follow burh, making tyrfj &c. CHAPTER III, I. Adjectives As in German &c. have a Definite and an Indefinite inflection : the former is used when the adjective is pre- ceded by the definite article, by any other demonstrative, or by a possessive pronoun; the latter always else. There are three Declensions, one for the Definite form, agreeing closely with the Simple Order, two for the In- ( J ) Comp. G. buch, biicher ; maus, mSiuse ; lausj lause ; kub, kiihe j- gans, ganse. ( 8 ) See page 70, n. 4, ADJECTIVES. 21 definite, answering, though not so exactly, to the Com- plex Order of Nouns. II. Definite Declension. Example (god good) J>aet god-e ( 3 ) &c. the good. SINGULAR. Neut. Masc. Fern. Norn. Jjaet god-e se god-a seo god-e Ace. ]?aet god-e bone god-an Jja god-an Abl. Jjy god-an by god-an Dat. bam god-an J)eere god-an Gen.paes god-an Jraere god-ai PLURAL. N..& A. J>a god-an A. 8c D. J>am god-um Gen. J>ara god-ena. This declension is used for all adjectives, participles, and pronouns in general; participles present however take -ra instead of -ena in the genitive plural. Mono- syllables commonly change se to a throughout ; as, smael small, Tpsst smale, se smala, se6 smale the small, and so on. Adjectives in -h, as heah high, usually change it to g when the case-ending is a vowel, as, J>aet heag-e, &c. ; otherwise the h is dropt; as, abl. &c. hean. Those in-u (-o), as near-u narrow, take w throughout; as, )>aet uear-we, &c.( 4 ) . i( J )Comp. Nouns 1. 1,2, 3. (*) Corap Nouns II. 2, 3. III. 1. 22 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. III. Indefinite Declension I. Example god( 1 ) good. #** SINGULAR. Neut. Masc. Fern. Norn, god god god Ace. god god-ne god-e Abl. g6d-e god-e Dat. god-um. god-re Gen. god-es god-re PLURAL. Neut. Masc. & Fern. N. & A. god(-u) god-e A. & D. god-um Gen. god-ra. Thus are declined adjectives ending in -e, -el (-ol), -isc, and -wis ; likewise most monosyllables, all partici- ples present, participles past of the Simple Order, super- latives and pronouns; as, wyrd-e worthy worthy, dyg-el dark, sprec-ol talkative, menn-isc human, ge-wisswre, sod true, sooth, Ie6ht light, heard hard, seoc sick, wrec wretched, fsestfast, &c. Those in -e drop it when a syllable of inflection is added ; wyrd-ne, wyrct-um, wyrd-re, &c. Adjectives in -h and -u follow the rules given above ; accus. masc. hea-nne, nearo-ne ; abl. &c. fern, hea-re, near-we or near-e; gen. plur. hea-ra, near-wa or near-a. (') Comp. Nouns II. 1, 2. ADJECTIVES. 23 IV. Indefinite Declension II. Example smael( 2 ) small SINGULAR. Neut. Masc. Fern. Nom. smael smael smal-u Ace. smael smsel-ne smal-e Abl. smal-e Dat. smal-um Gen. smal-es PLURAL. Neut. N. & A. smal-u gmale smsel-re smael-re Masc. & Fern. smal-e A. & D. Gen. -Ik smal-um . smael-ra. Thus are declined monosyllables with ss (except faest) &c., most adjectives with derived endings, and par- ticiples past of the Complex Order ; some of both the latter, however, follow Declension I. As, laet late, slow, swaer heavy, glsed glad, bser bare, swses sweet, dear, til good, ead-ig blessed, prosperous, faer-lic sudden, dan- gerous, se-sib-sum peaceable, mseg-er meagre, hlutt-or clear, faeg-en glad, fain. Some dissyllables are con- tracted in certain forms, as, hal-ig holy, hal-ge, hal-ges, &c., but gen. plur. hal-igra.and the like. (') Comp. Nouns III. 1,3. 24 ANGLO-SAXON GLIDE V. Comparison. The Comparative and Superlative Degrees are regu- larly formed by adding -or and -ost (*), (E. and G. -er and -est), to the indefinite form; as, Ie6f, leof-or, Ie6f-ost dear, dear-er, dear-est (G. lieb, lieb-er, lieb-est) : as usually becomes a; as, smael, smal-or, smal-ost, small, small-er y small-est. (G. schraal, schmal-er, schmal-est ) The ending -or is however only adverbial ; as an adjec- tive the Comparative is formed in -re, -ra, -re, whether used definitely or indefinitely; as, (J>aet) Ie6f-re, (se) Ie6f-ra, (seo) leof-re (the) dearer; (G. das &c. lieb-re) (J)set) smael-re &c. (the) smaller; (G. das &c. schm'al-re). The Superlative has both the definite and indefinite in- flections, the former in -ost, or -est, (also the adverbial form), the latter in -oste, -osta, -oste, or -este &c. ; as, Ie6f-ost dearest, baet Ie6f-oste, or leof-este &c. the dearest ; (G. das &c. lieb-ste.) TABLE OP COMPARISON. POSITIVE aeard hard jjaet heard-e the hard COMPARATIVE. Adjective. SUPERLATIVE. heard-ost r(Jjaet) heard-re hard-est (the) hard-er beet heard-oste the hard-est Adverb, heard-or hard-li-er heard-e hard-ly (') Comp. the L. comparative -ior; Gr. superlative HTT-OC, heard-ost hard-li-est. ADJECTIVES. 25 VI. Irregular Comparison. The following adjectives are irregularly compared ; "tfie change of a into e ; se into a ; ea into f, or e ; ea, eo, u, into y, answers to that of the German a into a, o into b, u into u : in English but few traces of this re- main. The forms in -me ( 2 ) (-ma, -me) are old superla- tives, afterwards used as positives, and then again com- pared. The words between brackets are adverbs, pecu- liarly formed. Positive. Comparative. Superlative. lang( 3 ) lengre (leng) lengest long longer longest strang strengre (stranger) strongest strong stronger strongest hraed (hrade) hrffidre (hrador) hradost quick, rath guicker (rather) quickest eald yldre yldest old elder eldest neah nearre (near, nyr) n y h s t, nehst, next nigh nig/ier Highest, next heah hyrre hyhst, hehst high higher highest ead eadre (edre, ed) eactost easy easier easiest feor fyrre (fyr) fyrrest far further furthest georig gyngre gyngest young younger youngest (*) Corap. L. superlatives in -mum (-mus, -ma). ( 3 ) Comp. G. lang, langer, langst; alt, alter, altest; nahe, naher, nachst; hoch, Lbher, hochst; Jung, jiinger, jiingst ; fort, fiirter; sanft, anfter, eanftest j eher, erst ; gut, wohl, besser, beat ; mehr, meist, &c. 26 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Positive. sceort short (ford, furd) (forth) s6ft soft serf 1 ) early (ere) god (wel) good (well) yfel evil micel great, michle ]ytel (lyt) little forme (fore) former, fore laet, laeteme (late) laetre (lator) late, slow later, latter sid, sideme sidre (sidor) late, (since) nordeme, (nord) ( 3 ) (nordor) northern, north ufeme (up) high (up) sefteme (aefter) aft, after Comparative. Superlative. scyrtre scyrtest shorter shortest furdre (furdor) further seftre (seft) seftest softer softest eerre (asrer, -or) serest (-ost) earlier, sooner (erst) Jlrst betere (bet) better wyrse (wyrs) worse mare(ma)( 2 ) greater, more laesse (laes) less ufere (ufor) upper ae ft re after betest, betst best wyrrest, wyrst worst maest greatest, most laest least fyrmest, fyrst foremost, first latost, laetemest latest, last sidost,sidemest nordemest northmost yfemest upmost seftemest aftmost (') Hence O. or ; " or ever. ( (*) For in &r, to which we have returned i more; 0. was mo (*) Some of these are often formed in -weard; as, n rfce-weard northern, north-ward, 6fe-weard (tip-we ~ward. PRONOUNS. 27 Positive. Comparative. hindeme hindere Superlative. hindemest hind hinder hindmost inneme (inn) innere (innor) inner (in) inner uteme (ut) utre (utor) innemest inmost ytemest outer (out) outer, utter outmost, utmost midd, midme midmest mid midmost nideme(nider) nitfre (nidror) low (down) nether nidemest nethmost. CHAPTER IV. I. Pronouns Personal. THE personal Pronouns are ic /, J>u thou, hit, he, heo it, he, she. The two first are the only A. S. words with a dual number. SINGULAR, N. ic ( 4 ) }>u ( s ) A. me J>e A.&D.me he G. min J>in ^^ 'DUAL. PLURAL. DUAL. > PLURAL. N. wit ( 6 ) we git ge A. unc us inc eow A.&D.unc us inc eow G. uncer ure incer eower ( 4 ) Comp. ly-w, fit, &c. L. eg-o, me ; G. ich, mir, wir, (D. wij) uns, unser. ( 5 ) Comp. (Dor.) TV, re ; L. tu, te ; G. du, dir, euch, &c. D. gij, &c. ( 6 ) Remark a peculiar construction with the dual: wit Scilling ffl two, viz. I and Scilling; healf }>aes cinges, healf uiicer I3re a tinges, half the king's, half mine and Brenting's. 28 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. SINGULAR. Ncut. N. hit(i) A. hit ^ IVIasc. he \ hine fern. heo M A. &D. him hire G. his "-^ hire PLURAL. N. & A. hi A.& D. him G. hira Meh, mec (L. mihi, G. mich) and ]?eh, bee (G. dich) sometimes occur for me and J>e : likewise the poetical usih, lisic, and eowih, e&wic for us and eow; and uncit and incit, for unc and inc. There being^ as in English, no reflective pronoun, the personals are used instead; as, ic me reste I rest me C myself}; b.a beowas wyrmdon hig, the servants were warming them (-selves). Sylf self, same, declined as an adjective both definitely and indefinitely (I.), and agree- ing with the pronoun or noun, gives a strong reflective sense; as, ic sylf or sylfa I myself ; fram me sylfum of myself; bu sylf thou thyself ; we sylfe we our- selves, &c. : seo sylfe- tid the same time.( 2 ) Sometimes the pronoun stands in the dative before sylf; as, (ic) me sylf / myself; him-sylf he himself.( 3 ) (') Comp. 6, ), ov, 01, at j L. id, is, ea, eum, ejus, ii ; G. es, ihn, ihm, ihr; D. bet, hij, &c. ( 2 ) Comp. G. ich selber, wir selben, die selbe zeit, &c. ( 3 ) Like F. moi-meme, /ui-memei hence seemingly my-self, thy-seH &c. : i// is properly no more a noun than awrof, L. ipse, or F. memc. PRONOUNS. 29 II. Possessives. The Possessive Pronouns are formed, as in German, from the genitives of the two first persons; as, min (G. mein) mine, my; Jnn (G. dein) thine, thy ; uncer, lire (G. unser) our ; incer, eower (G. euer) your: like other Pronouns in general, they are declined as in- definite adjectives I. Those in -er are usually con- tracted; asuncre, eowres, and the like. U're forms lirutn, ures, &c; but remains unchanged in the whole feminine singular. The poetical user (usser) for lire is thus declined : Neut. Masc. Fern. SINGULAR. N. user user user A. user liserne usse usse A. & D. ussum G, lisses visse PLURAL. N. & A. usse, user A. & D ussum G. ussa. The genitive of the third person is used unchanged ; his, its, his, hire her,. hira their. To make these re- flective, the genitive of s-ylf agreeing with the pronoun, or the indefinite adjective agen own, agreeing with the "noun, must be used; as, J>in sylfes beam thine own son ; to his agenre ]?earfe to his own need. Sin occurs in poetry as a possessive of the third person ; not however like G. sein, for L. ejus, but for L. suus only. GO ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. III. Demonstratives. The Demonstrative Pronouns are hat, se, se6 that, likewise the relative which, who, that, and the article the; ( l ) and J)is, hes, he6s this. Neut. Masc. Feff_. Neut. N. ha?t( 2 ) se seo his(') A. haet hone ha his ~- _ Abl. hy hy \ D. ham hsere } G, haes hsere _j N.-&A. ha A. &D. ham G. hara _ FPHI. heos has hisse hisse hisse Masc. hes b i s ri e - -- ise >isum hises has hisum hissa psene, halm, hare, hsera, are sometimes used for bone, ham, hsere, hara; likewise bses for has ; the s in hise, &c. is often doubled ; hissere and hissera occur also for hisse and hissa. The indeclinable he is used for all cases of haet, se, se6, as a relative; com- bined with it it forms haet-te ( 4 ) that winch, se-he he that, seo-he she that. paet, se, seo is sometimes re- peated in a sentence, standing first as a demonstrative, and next as a relative ; but he commonly stands as (') Comp. the threefold use of G. das, der, die. ( 2 ) Comp. TO, 6, f/, TOV, TU, rot, rai ; G. das, den, dem, der, des, &c. D. dat, &c. From seo comes she (G. sie) ; from J?a they, f>a;m them, J>sera their. ( 3 ) Comp. G. dies, &c. ; jjas and Jjaes have become those and these. ( 4 ) paette is also that (conjunction) G. dass. PROXOUNS, 31 relative in the second place ; as, ]>set micle ge-teld ]?e Moises worhte, the great tent that Moses made* pe is sometimes used along with hit, &c. as a rela- tive ; as, J>e]jurhhine throvgh whom. Swa is sometimes used (like G. so) as an indeclin- able relative. Ylc same, follows the indefinite declension. Swylc such, is often repeated, standing in the second place adverbially; as, JElc J>ing on-gitan swylc svvylce hit is to understand each thing so as it is. I V. Interrogatives. The Interrogative Pronouns are hwaet, hwa? what? who? hwylc? which? hwaeder whether? which? The first has no plural, and is thus declined : Neuter. Nom. hwaet Ace. hwaet . ' v Masc. & Fern, hwa hwone (hwsene) Abl. hwy Dat. hwam (hweem) Gen. hwses ( 5 ) It answers to L. quis not qui, and is never used as a relative : with a neuter adjective it governs the genitive ; as, hwaet yfeles ? what evil? it is also (like G. et-was, was) used not interrogatively, for somewhat, a little ; as, hwaet lytles some little. ( s ) Frora hwum and bw ics, are whom and wlx$e. 32 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. V. Indefinites. The Indefinite pronouns are swa-hwapt(-swa) wTiat- so-ever, swa-hwa (-swa) who-so-ever, swa-hwylc (-swa) which-so-ever, seg-hwaet (ge-hwaet), jeg-hwylc, &c. whatsoever, Sfc. which follow the declension of the chief word in the compound. Others are aelc, each, every one, call all, senig any, nsenig none whatever, an-lipig (een-lipig) single, alone, &c. Ge-noh enovghis some- times indeclinable. A'n one, a, and sum some, a, a certain, serve for the indefinite article, which is however often not expressed : sum placed after a genitive cardinal num- ber implies one above it; as, fif-tyna sum one of six- teen, one with ffteen others. Manig (msenig) many sometimes has nom. and accus. plur. manega. Fela much, many is indeclinable: feawa (fea) few, some- times has abl. and dat. plur. feawum, gen. fear a ; both often govern a genitive plural; as, madma fela many treasures ; fea worda few words. Man (man] is used (like G. man, and F. on) (') indefinitely for one, they ; as, Me man saegde they told me (G. man sagte mir). From wiht (wuht) creature, being, (wight, w/iit) are formed a-wiht (a-wuht) contracted to awht, aht any- thing, ought ; Q.W& nan-wiht (-wuht) nawht, naht( z ) nothing, nought. Other indefinite Pronouns are octer (-or) other, second (L. alius, and alter for secundus), awcter, ader one of two (L. alter duorum), n a w d e r (n a d o r), neither of two (L. neuter), se g de r (') Formerly horn, from L. homo. ( s ) Hence not, like G. nicbt from ne-wicbt. PRONOUNS. either, each of two. O'ct e r forms its oblique cases fern, sing, odre ; it sometimes follows indefinite Decl. II. VI. Comparative Table of Cardinal Numbers. GREEK. LATIN. DUTCH. A. S. ENGLISH. GERMAN. $Vl V un-um een an one ein C'ft Suo duo twee twa two zwei eCt/vKJi- Tpia tria drie Jjreo three drei ^J\JUL KETTOpC ( 3 ) quatuor vier feower four vier t^tJC^f 7TEVTE quinque vijf fif five fiinf ficu*^ 15 sex zes six six sechs ^ktfiutr ITTTO septem zeven seofon seven sieben 5- hundred hundert hund-teontig J hund-endlufontig 110 hund-twelftig 120 J> us end thousand tausend. A'n, like all other pronouns, follows indef. Decl. I., sometimes making accus. masc. aenne ; thus too nan none. Used definitely, ane, ana, ane, and standing after its noun, &c., it means alone. Twa ( 2 ) and breo are thus declined : duizend Neut. Masc. Fern. N. &A. twa(tu) twegen( 3 ) twa A. & D. twam (twsem) G. twegra (twega) Neut. breo \i Masc. Fern. bry breo brym breora. Ba, begen, ba both, follows twa; prefixed to twa it forms ba-twa (bu-tu) (*) which is indeclinable. The numbers feower to twelf inclusive, when used abso- lutely, have a nom. in -e, &c. ; as, ealle seofone all seven; an of bam twelfum one of the twelve; an (') The t- is probably a remnant of the prefix bond- retained before the vowel. ( 3 ) S. twa. G. zwei, zwo. ( 3 ) Twain. G. zween. ( 4 ) Hence both, G. beide ; comp. Italian ambe-dua PRONOUNS. 35 J)issa fifa one of these jive. Those above eahta usu- ally govern a genitive. Twentig and the others in -tig make abl. and dat. -tigum, gen. -tigra. Hund prefixed to the tens after sixtig (answering to -KOVT-O, L. -gint-a) is sometimes dropt when hund hundred goes before; as, scipa an hund and eahtatig, of ships one hundred and eiyhty . Hund (hundred} follows II. 1 ; hundred and Jjusend, III. 1. Units are placed before tens, as, six and fiftig, six and fifty. In numbers above a hundred, the smaller stands last, and the noun is repeated ; as, Hund- teontig wintra and seofon and feowertig wintra, a hundred winters and seven and forty winters.^) Wintre affixed to numbers forms adjectives denoting age; as, fram twi-wintrum cilde, from the child of two years. VII. Ordinal Numbers. ]>aet forme, se forma, seo forme first Jaet, se, seo oder second 1 " jjaet Jjry-dde, se pry-dda, seo ]>ry-dde ( 6 ) thir-d feor-]>e, -Jja, -j)e four-th fif-te, -ta, -te fifth six-te, sixth seofo-Jje, -Jja, -]je seventh eahtojje eighth nigoj>e ( ninth (*) The northern nations reckoned time by winters. (') Comp. rpt-roc, L. ter-tius, G. dri-tte, yier-te, 8ec. 36 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. teojje endlyf-te twelfte Jjry-tteode feower-teode fif-teode six-teode seofon-teode eahta-teode nigon-teode twentig-ode pryttigode feowertigode fiftigode sixtigode hund-seofontigode hund-eahtatigode hund-nigontigode hund-teontigode hund-endlufontigode hund-twelftigode Units combined with ordinal tens stand first when cardinals, last when ordinals; as, an and Jjryttigode one and thirtieth; Ipy twentigodan daege and J>y feordan daege Septembris, on the twenty and fourth day of September. Healf half placed after an ordinal number (like G. halb) reduces it by half; as^ 6der-healf (lit. second- half) one and a half, (G. andert-halb) ; J>ridde-healf tenth eleventh twelfth thir-teenth fourteenth fifteenth sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twenti-eth thirtieth fortieth fiftieth sixtieth seventieth eightieth ninetieth hundredth 110th VERBS CONJUGATION. 37 (lit. third-half) two and a half (G. dritte-halbX 1 ) A'n, twa, J>reo, form sen-e once, twi-wa (tu-wa) twice, pry-wa thrice; with the other cardinals, and all the ordinals, sid a time is used in^ the ablative for the same purpose; as, feower, fif, &c. sidum or sidon four, five, Sfc. times; (J>y) forman, odre, pryddan, &c. side the first, second, third, Sfc. time. CHAPTER V. I. Verbs. Conjugation. THERE are two Orders of Verbs, as of Nouns ; viz. the Simple and the Complex ; ( 2 ) the former containing pure or open Verbs answering to the Greek in -ativ, -v, and -, and to the Latin in -are, -ere, and -ire ; the latter impure or close Verbs, answering to the Greek regulars, and to the Latin in -ere, &c.( 3 ) The Simple Order forms its imperfect by adding -ode (-ede), -de, or -te to the root ; the participle past by adding -od (-ed), -d, or -t: in the Complex the imperfect becomes monosyllabic and changes its vowel ; the participle past ends in -en.( 4 ) The former is divided into three Classes forming one Conjugation; the latter into two Conjuga- tions of three Classes each. (') Comp. -fifii.ffv-Tpi.Tos, L. sesqui-alter, -tertius. (*) Simple Verbs are by Grimm termed Weak, Complex Strong. ( 3 ) See Rask's Grammar, pp. 6770. ( 4 ) E. and G. verbs in general follow the A.S., though complex forms bave in each not seldom become simple. B 38 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. II. Comparative View of the Chief Tenses. SIMPLE ORDER, OR CONJUGATION I. I Examples luf-ian to love, G. lieb-en; hyr-an to hear, G. hbr-en; tell-an to tell, reckon, G. zahl-en. *- Part past. (ge-)luf-od lov-ed ge lieb-t (ge-)hyr-ed hear-d ge-hbr t (ge-)teal-d told ge-zahl t. COMPLEX ORDER. CONJUGATION II. Examples brec-an to break, G. brech-en ; heald-an to hold, G. halt-en ; drag-an to draw, drag, G. trag-en. Present. Imperfect. Part. past. brec-e brsec (ge-)broc-en break brake brok-en J. brech-e brach ge-broch en healde heold (ge-)heald-en hold held hold-en halt-e hielt ge-halt-en drag e droh (ge-)drag-en Class III. { draw drew draw-n \. trag-e trug ge-trag-en. Present. Imperfect. r ic luf-ige luf-ode Class I. 4 I love lov-ed LG. ich lieb-e lieb-te Class II. J LG. hyr-e hear hbr-e hyr-de hear-d hbr-te r tell-e teal-de ClassIIlJ LS~^ \J, tell zahl-e told zahl-te VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 39 CONJUGATION III. Examples bind-an to bind, G. bind- drive, G. treib-en ; cluf an to cleave, G. Present. Imperfect. r bind-e band Class I. x bind bound LG. bind e band r drife draf Class II. -I drive drove LG. treib-e trieb {cluf-e cleaf cleave clave G. klieb-e klob en ; drif-an to klieb-en. Part. past. (ge-) bund-en bound-en ge-bund-en (ge-)drif-en driv-en ge-trieb-en (ge-)clof-en clov-en ge-klob-en. III. Simple Order, or Conjugation I. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. hyr-e tell-e hyr-st tel-st hyr d tel-d hyr-ad tell-ad hyr-e tell-e Imperfect. hyr-de teal-de hyr-dest teal-dest hyr-de teal-de hyr-don teal-don Sing. ic luf-ige (') ]?u luf-ast he luf-ad Plur. we, ge, hi luf-iad luf-ige Sing. ic luf-ode jju luf-odest he luf-ode PI. we, ge, hi luf-odon (') Comp. love, lov-est, lav-eth; G. lieb-e, lieb-est, lieb-et, &c. L. am-o, as, -at, &c. 40 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Sing, luf-ige Plur. luf-ion Sing, luf-ode Plur. luf-odon Sing. Plur. luf-a luf-iad luf-ige luf-ian SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. hyr-e hyr-on Imperfect. hyr-de hyr-don IMPERATIVE MODE. hyr ^ hyr-e INFINITIVE MODE. hyr-an Pres. Gerund, to luf-igenne hyr-enne Part. pres. luf igende hyr-ende P. past (ge-) luf-od (ge-) hyr-ed (ge tell-e tell-on teal-de teal-don tel-e Ctell-ad (.tell-e tell an tell-anne tell-ende -) teal-d. The first form of the present indicative, and of the imperative plural, is used when the pronoun comes first, or is left out; as, we lufiad" we love, hyrad hear ; the second when the pronoun follows close; as, telle ge tell ye? The subjunctive plural sometimes ends in -an or -en ; as, lufian, hyrden, and the like. The gerund, which is always preceded by to, and seems to be a kind of dative of the infinitive, answers to our infinitive pre- sent, active and passive, and to the Latin supines, infinitive future, active and passive, &c. ; as, Come J>u us to for-spill anne ? earnest thou to destroy us ? L. nos perditum. Hwaeder is edre to cwedanne? whether is easier to say ? L. facilius dictu. Eart nu se-he to cumenne eart? art thou he that is Cart} to come? VERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 41 L. qui venturus est. Heo byct to lufigenne (') she is (must be, or ought) to be loved, L. amanda est. The infinitive of the first Class is often formed in -igan, some- times in -igean, for -ian, and g is put in or left out in some other forms with little or no change of pronun- ciation. The Gerund of the third Class sometimes makes -enne for -anne. Ge- may be prefixed to any part of verbs in general, but is oftenest used with the imperfect, and especially with the participle past, though not, as in German, to be considered the sign of the latter.( 2 ) IV. Class L Like lufian are conjugated: Present. Imperfect. Part. past. hatode losode clypode fullode fulode cunnode wacode hangode hyrode hergode macige macode bletsige bletsode hatige losige clypige fullige fiilige cunnige wacige( 3 ) hangigec*) hyrige hergige (ge-)hatod losod hate be lost clypod fullod fulod call,clepe baptize rot cunnod wacod try watch hangod hyrod hang hire hergod macod harry maltr bletsod blest- C ) Hence the phrases " house, to let," " he is to blame," ( 8 ) GP- is seldom used before another prefix. ( 3 ) Neut. L. vigilare ; act. wee can. (4) Neut. L. penderej act. hangan, h6n. E2 42 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Some verbs of this Class, especially those having e for their vowel, form their imperfect and part, past in -ede and -ed, as well as -ode and od; as, herian to praise, seglian to sail, ge-fremian to profit, which make herede, (ge-)hered, or herode, herod; seglede, and the like: -ode and -od are sometimes changed into -ade and -ad. Swerian to swear, borrows some tenses from a complex form, making imperf. swerede or swor swore; imp. subj. swore; imper. swera or swere ; part, past (ge-)sworen sworn. Folgian, fyligan, or fyiian to follow, has imperf. folgode, fyligde, or fylide; imper. folga or fylig. V. Class II. The second Class forms its imperfect and participle past in -de and -ed, or in -te and -t, according to its characteristic letter ; the hard consonants, viz. t, p, c, x, requiring -te and -t; the soft, viz. d, ct, f, g, w, 1, m, n, r, s, taking -de and -ed ; as, Present. Imperf. Part. past. mete mette (ge-)met meet(mct) lette lette lett let, hinder dyppe dypte dypt dip(-t) tsece tsehte tffiht teach(taught) lixe lixte lixt gleam(-ed) laede leedde Iseded lead(led) sende sende send send cycle cyctde cycted make known ge-lyfe ge-lyfde ge-lyfed believe(~d) YERBS SIMPLE ORDER. 43 Present. Imperf. Part. past. wrege wregde wreged be-wray(-ed) be-leewe be-lsewde be-leewed accuse(-d) fylle fylde fylled fill(-ed) tyme tymde tymed teem(-ed) wene wende wened ween(-ed) laere Iserde leered teach raese rsesde rsesed rush(-ed). Some verbs in -gan are contracted; as, jjreagan, J>rean to vex, reproach, tweogan, tweon to doubt: pres. Jjreage or Jjrea, ]jreast, J>read; pi. preagad, pread:, &c. ; tweoge or tweo, tweost, tweod, &c. ; imperf. jjreade, tweode; part, past Jjread, tweod. The second and third persons singular sometimes make -est, -ed, especially when many consonants might other- wise meet; as, nemne (7) name, nemnest, nemned; imperf. nemde : some have both forms ; as, Isede, Isetst, laet, or leedest, Iseded; part, past Iseded or leed. Verbs with s, d, and t form the third person in -t ; as, rsese, rsest; sende, sent; mete, met: those with d in d, as cycte, cyd; imperf. cydde or cydde ; p. past cyded or cyd. Verbs in this and the following classes with a double characteristic, drop one letter and take -e in the imperative ; as, dyppe, dype, and the like. To this class belong several transitives, derived from intransitives of the Complex Order; as, baernan to burn (act), from byrnan to burn (neut.); drencan (') to drench, from drincan to drink ; fyllan to fell, from (') Comp. G. triinken, fallen, seiiken, setzen, from trinken, fallen, siiiken. sitzea 44 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. feallan to fall; a-rseran to rear, from a-risan to arise; sencan to sink (act.), from sincan to sink (neut.); settan to set, from sittan to sit ; aernan to let run, from yrnan to run. Lybban to live, and hycgan to think, borrow some forms from leofian, and hogian: they are thus conjugated: Indie, pres. 1. lybbe Subj. pres. lybbe 2. leofast plur. lybbon 3. leofad Imperf. leofode ^lybbad plur. leofodon '^ lybbe Imper. leofa Imperf. leofode(-st) flybbad i r j P lur - -! i u u plur. leorodon lybbe Infin. pres. lybban Part. pres. lybbende Ger. lybbenne P.past (ge )leofod. Haebban or habban(') to have, has some forms as if from hafian : it is thus conjugated : Ind.pres.l. hsebbe (habbe) Subj. pres. habbe (haebbe) S.haefst (hafast) plur. habbon 3. haefd (hafad) Imperf. haefde ^ habbad(hafiad) plur. hasfdon haebbe (habbe) Imper. hafa Tmperf. haefde(-st) . Chabbad plur. haefdon ' (^ habbe Inf. pres. h aeb ban (habban) Part. pres. hencan (G. denk- en) to think, pincan makes 3 sing. pres. pined: (G. diinkt) (me-)thinks ; plur. jjincad"; imperf. Jjuhte (G. d'unkte) (me-^thought ; part, past (ge-)}juht. ( s ) Also rehte, &c. ; rece, rohte is another form. ( 3 ) Comp. G. bringe, brachte, ge-bracht. 46 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. pencan makes imperf. }>6hte (G. dachte) thought; part, past (ge-)J)6ht (G. ge-dacht). A few transitives also from complex intransitives belong to this class ; as, a-cwellan to kill (quell), from a-cwelan to perish (quail) ; lecgan ( J ) to lay, from licgan to lie ; weccan to awaken, from wacan to wake. Willan( 2 ) to willy and nyllan( 3 ) to will not, are thus conjugated: INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. l.wille C wille Pres. < 2. wilt willon 3. wile pi l willad T . { wolde ^woldon twille INFINITIVE. Imperf. wolde (-st) Pres. willan pi. woldon P. pres. willende Pres. l.nelle Pres. nelle(nylle) S.nelt pi. nellon(nyllon) 3. nele(nyle) T f Cnolde lmra%-t 7 j fnellad(nyllad) '} noldon inelle Cnelle . , Imper. ^ (.noldon Infin. nyllan. VII. Complex Order. The Complex Order changes the vowel in the imper- fect, as in English and German : the imperfect ends 0) Comp. G.legen, wecken, from liegen, wachen. ( 2 ) BovX-taOai, L. vell-e, vol-ui ; G. woll-en, will, &c. woll-te. ( 8 ^ L. nolle, /or us velle. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 47 with the characteristic, which however if bb becomes f ; if g, h : in the second pers. sing, and in the plural h again becomes g. The Second Conjugation changes certain vowels in the second and third persons sing, present as in German. The part, past sometimes changes its vowel, as in Eng- lish and German. Examples brecan to break, healdan to hold, drag- an to draw, drag. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. healde drage hyltst draegst hylt(healt) drasgct fhealdacl Cdragad ^brece {healde ^drage Imperfect. heold droh heolde droge heold dr6h heoldon drogon SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Sing, brece healde drage Plur. brecon healdon dragon Imperfect. Sing, brsece heolde Plur. braecon heoldon CLASS I. Sing. 1. brece( 4 ) 2.bricst 3.bricd r,, Cbrecad Plur. ' Sing, l.braec 2. braece 3. braec Plur. braecon droge drogon. (*) Comp. G. breche, bricbst, bricht ; balte, baltst, halt ; plur. brechen, halten, &c. 48 ANGLO-SAXON GLIDE. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. IMPERATIVE MODE. Sing, brec (brecad Plur. > heald ^healdad } healde INFINITIVE MODE. drag $ dragad ( drage Pres. brecan Gen. to brecanne P.pres. brecende P.past. (ge-)brocen healdan healdanne healdende (ge-)healden dragan draganne dragende (ge-)dragen. VIII. Class I. In the First Class e becomes in the second and third persons sing, present, i or y ; i remains unchanged, as in German. The imperfect is formed in ss, which in the second pers. sing, and the whole plural becomes ee ; or in ea : in the part, past i sometimes becomes e ; e, o, &c. Imperf. spraec spsec spake treed trod set ate First pers. pros. Third pers. Csprece( 1 ) spricd (^spece spied speak trede trit tread ete yt eat lese list lease, gather P. poet. (ge-)sprecen specen spoken treden trodden eten eaten lesen 0) Comp. G. spreche, sprach ; trete, trat, ge-treten, &c. ge-lare, -bar, boren j stehle, siahl, ge-stoblen, &.c. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 49 irst pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. P. past. bidde bitt baed beden bid bade bidden sitte sitt saet seten sit sate sitten liege lid Iseg legen lie lay lien, lain swefe swefct swaef s w e f e n sleep bere byrd baer boren bear bare born stele styld stael stolen steal stole stolen for-gite f o r-g i t for-geat for-giten forget forgat forgotten gife gifd geaf gifen give gave given Niman to take, makes third pers. pres. nimd; im- perf. nam, name, &c. p. past numen. Cuman (cwuman) to come makes third pers. cymct; imperf. ^om (cwom), come, &c. p. past cumen. Wesan to fois thus conjugated: INDICATIVE. Pres. l.eom( 2 ) Imperf. 1. WEBS 2. eart 2. wjere 3. is(ys) 3. was plur. synd (syndon) plur. weeron (*) Comp. ti/t-t, iffr-t ; L. sum, est, sum-us, sunt, sim, er-am, &c, ; G. ist, sincl, seyd, sey, war, ware, ge-wesen. m V 50 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. sy, (sig, seo) Imperf. waere plur. syn plur. wseron Imper. wes Inf. pres. wesan i wesad Ger. to wesanne '^wese Part. pres. wesende Part, past (ge-)wesen. With some of these forms the negative ne is thus combined : Pres. 1. (ic) neom (1) am not. 3. nis (nys) ; imperf. naes, &c. ; subj. imperf. naere, &c. Cwedan to say is thus conjugated : Indie, pres. cwede, cwyst, cwyd; imperf. cwaed, cwa-de, cwaect (quoth}, pi. cwaedon; subj. pres. cwede, imperf. cwtede ; part, past (ge-)cweden: it is otherwise regular. IX. Class II. In the Second Class a becomes se; ea, y; ea, y; 6, e, in the second and third persons: the imperf. has e, or eo (e or eo). first pers. pres. Third person. Impprf. Part. past. laete( 1 ) Itet let (ge-)leeten let slaepe slaepd slep slsepen sleep slep-t(~) (') Comp G. lasse, liisst, liess, ge-Iassen; heisse, biess; wachse, wuchs; lanfe, lauft, lief, &c. (") Slept, Upt, swept, wepc, are complex forms become simple : slep, lep, &c., as also bet, are still in P. use. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 51 First pers. pres. Third person. Imperf. Part. past. hate hset ^hehte) | haten command ( [ het 3 hange, ho hehd heng hangen hang hung wealde wylt weold wealden govern, wield fealle fyld feoll feallen fall (feald) fell fallen weaxe wyxd weox weaxen wax, grow waxen beate beated beot beaten beat (bet) beaten blote blet bleot bloten sacrifice hleape hlypd hleop hleapen leap lep-t swape swsepd sweop swapen sweep (swaped) swep-t wepe wepd weop wepen weep wep-t cnawo cnsewd cneow cnawen know knew known heawe heawed heow heowen hew hewn growe grewd greow growen grow grew grown ( 3 ) II eli t is a relic of the reduplication in use in Gothic as in Greek, and of which Latin retains several instances ; 1 e 6 1 c from 1 4 c a n to plaj (O. lake), is of like nature. 52 ANGLO-AAON GUIDE. The imperfects without an accent are of doubtful quantity. Hatan when meaning to be called, has the simple im- perfect hatte, but part, past (ge-)haten. Ho makes pres. plur. hod:, ho ; imper. hoh; infin. hangan or hon, and is followed by fangan, fon to take. Cneow and the like often become cnew &c. Gangan, gan( ] ) to go, don to do, and biian to in- habit, cultivate (G. bauen, L. colere) are thus conju- gated : INDICATIVE. Pres. l.gange, ga( 2 ) do bue 2. ggest dest byst 3-gaed ded byd Cgad fdod Imperf. geong, code dyde biide SUBJUNCTIVE. Sing, ga do bii PI. gan don bun IMPERATIVE. Sing, gang, ga do Cg&d ^-dod (ga ).d6 (') S. and P. g a n g, g a e. The contracted forms are most used ; e 6 d e is the common imperfect, geong the poetical. (*) Comp. G. gehe, gieng, ue, that, ge-than. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. INFINITIVE. Pres. gangan, gan don Ger. to donne P. pres. gangende donde P. past gangen, gan (ge-)don 53 buan biiende (ge-)bun. X. Class III. In the Third Class, a becomes se ; ea, y, &c. in the second and third persons : the imperfect has 6. First pers. pres. Third person. Iraperf. Part. past. scace scaecd scoc (sceoc) (ge-)scacen shake shook shaken fare( 3 ) faerd for faren fare, go hlihhe hlihd hloh hlogen laugh slea slyhd sloh slegen slay slew slain hlade hlaet h!6d hladen lade laden grafe graefd grof grafen grave, dig craven hebbe hefd hof hafen heave hove scyppe scypd scop (sceop) sceapen shape, create shapen wacse waexd woes wsescen wash U'ashen ( 3 ) G. fahre, fabrt, fuhr, ge-fahren ; scblage, schlugj liebe, hob, ge- hoben ; scheide, schied, ge-scLiuden, &c. F2 54 ANGLO A*tm GUIDE. First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. Part. past. stande stent stod standen stand stood gale gseld gol galen enchant spane spaend spon spanen allure sceade scyt sceod^) sceaden part, shed Slea makes imper. slyh orsleh; infin. slean : thus also lean to blame, and bwean to wash ; p. past bwegen, bwogen. Stande sometimes has standest, standed. XI. Conjugation III. In the Third Conjugation the vowel remains the same in the present; but that of the imperfect is changed in the second person singular, and in the whole plural : the part, past has either the same vowel as these persons, or one near akin. Examples: bindan to bind, drifan to drive, clufan to cleave. CLASS I. CLASS II. CLASS III. INDICATIVE MODE. Present. Sing, l.binde drife clufe 2.bintst drifst clufst 3. bint drifd clufd (') P. shod. rriiBS COMPLEX ORDER. 55 Plur. f bindad Cdrlfad Cclufad: ^binde ^ drife ^ clufe Imperfect. Sing. 1. band draf deaf 2. bunde . drife clufe 3. band draf cleaf Plur. bundon drifon clufon SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. Present. Sing. binde drife clufe Plur. bin don drifon clufon Imperfect. Sing. bunde drife clufe Plur. bundon drifon clufon IMPERATIVE MODE. Sing. bind drif cluf Plur. 5 b ! ndad C drifad C clufad ^binde C. drife (clufe INFINITIVE MODE. Pres. bindan drifan cliifan Ger. bindanne drifanne clufanne P. pres. bindende drifende cliifende P. past (ge-)bunden (ge-)drifen (ge-)clofen. XII. Class 1. In the First Class, i (y), e, eo, become a (o), ea, ae, in the imperfect, and these in the second person and plural are again changed to u: the part, past has u or o. 56 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. First pers. pres. TLird pera. Imperf. Part. past. yrne( 1 ) yrnd arn (ge-)urnen run ran run Cfrine } frigne frind fran fraegn frunen "1 frugnen 5 enquire singe singd sang sungen sing sang sung drince drincd dranc druncen drink drank drunken swimme swimd swamm swommen swim swam swum climbe climbd clomm clumbeii climb clomb swelle swyld sweoll swollen swell swollen swelge swylgd swealh swolgen swallow melte mylt mealt molten melt molten gelde gyit geald golden pay helpe hylpd healp holpen help holpen delfe dylfd dealf . dolfen delve murne myrnd mearn mornen mourn C) G. rinne, rann, ge-ronnen; singe, sang, ge-sungen; trinke, trank; Bchwelle, schwillt, schwoll, ge-schwollen, &c. VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 57 First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. P. past. beorge byrgd bearh borgeu save, defend weorpe wyrpd wearp worpen throw steorfe styrfd staerf storfen die, starve berste byrst baerst borsten burst borsten Jjersce Jjyrscd Jjaersc Jjorscen thresh feohte fyht feaht fohten fight fought foughten Cbregde braegd brogden^ ^brede brit braed broden 3 braidy draw Weordan( 2 ) to be, to become, is thus conjugated : Indie. pres. sing.l. weorde Subj. pres. weorde, &c. 2. wyrst Imperf. wurde, &c. 3. wyrd Imper. weord Cweordad , Cweordad Imperf. sing. 1. weard Infin. pres. weordan 2. wurde Ger. weordanne 3. weard: Part. pres. weordende plur. wurdon P.past (ge-)worden ' (*) Comp., throughout G. werden. 58 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. XIII. Class II. In the Second Class, i becomes in the imperfect a, and this in the second person, &c. i: the part, past has likewise i. First pers. pres. Third pprs. scineC) scind shine Imperf. Part. past. scan (ge-)scinen shone write writ wrat writen write wrote written a- rise a-rist a-ras a-risen arise arose arisen be-swice be-swicd be-swac be-swicen deceive stige ascend stihd stah stigen a-bide a-bided a-bad a-biden abide abode abiden gripe gripd grap gripen gripe ride rit rad riden ride rode ridden spiwe spiwd spaw spiwen spew wride wrid wrad spewn wriden writhe, wreathe (') G. scheme, schien, ge-schienen; steige, griffen, &c. stieg; greife, griff, ge- VERBS COMPLEX ORDER. 59 XIV. Class III. In the Third Class, eo or u becomes ea in the im- perfect ; in the second person &c. u : the part, past has o. First pers. pres. Third pers. Imperf. Part. past. reoce( 2 ) rycd reac (ge-)rocen reek sceote scyt sceat scoten shoot shot shotten creope crypd creap cropen creep ceowe cywd ceaw cowen chew leoge lyhd leah logen lye fleoge flyhd fleah flogen fly >flee f flew flown beode bead boden bid bade bidden suce sycd: seac socen suck biige byhd beah bogen boW) bend hown lute 1ft leat loten lout, bow (*) G. rieche, roch, ge-rochen ; schiesse, schoss, &c. 60 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Ceosan to choose, makes third pers. pres. cyst; im- perf. ceas chose, second pars, cure, plur. curon; p. past coren( 1 ). Seodan to seethe, has third pers. syd; imperf. sead, sode, &c. ; p. past soden sodden.( 2 ) Thus also others in -san and -dan. Fleoge is contracted to fleo, plur. fleod, fleo; infin. fleogan, fleon; thus likewise teogan, te on to draw, tug: wreon to cover, and peon to thrive) have only the contracted forms. Seon to see, makes imperf. seah or seh, sawe or sege, &c. imper. seoh or syh ; part, present seonde; part, past (ge-)sewen, or segen. Ge-feon (-fean) to rejoice, has imperf. ge-feah or -feh, ge-fage or -fege; part, past ge-fagen, -faagen. Be on to be, is defective : Indie, pres. 1. beo( 3 ) Subj. pres. beo 2. byst plur. beon 3. byd Imper. beo , Cbeod Cbeod Infin. beon. Ger. to beonne. Part. pres. beonde. XV. Anomalous Verbs. The following verbs are Anomalous, having for their present an old imperfect of the Complex Order, and for their imperfect one formed since after the Simple Order. (') G. kiese, kor, ge-koren. (*) G. siede, sott. ge-sotten. ( s ) G. bin, bist. VERBS ANOMALOUS. 61 Pres. 1. 3. A'h, 2. age, pi. agon (owe) ; imperf. ahte ( 'ought ); infin. agan; p. past, agen : own, possess. Likewise combined with ne ; nah, nahte, &c. An, 2. unne, pi. unnon ; imperf. ude ; inf. unnan; p. past (ge-)unnen: grant. Can( 2 ) (can}; 2. cunne or canst, pl.cunnon ; imp. ciide (could}; inf. cunnan; p. past (ge-)ciid: know, ken, be able. Deah, duge, dugon; imp. dohte ; inf. dugan: be good, brave, worth. Dear, dearst, durron; subj. durre: imp. dorste (durst); inf. dearan : dare. Ge-man( 3 ), ge-manst, ge-munon : imp.ge-munde; inf ge-munan: remember. Maeg( 4 ),miht, m agon ( may ); subj.maege (mage); imp. mihte (meahte) (might) ; inf, magan : be able. M6t( 5 ), most, moton; subj. mote; imp. moste: may, might, must. Sceal( 6 ) (shall), scealt (shalt), sceolon (sculon) ; subj. scyle; imp. sceolde (should); inf. sculan : owe. Wat(7) (wot), wast, witon ; imp. wiste (wisse) (wist); subj. wite ; imper. wite, witad; inf. witan; ger. to witanne (to wit); p. pres. witende ; p. past witen : know. Thus also nytan to know not. ( 7 ) Comp. L. novi I know ; G. kenne, karm kannte, konnte, &o. ( 3 ) Comp. L. defective nie-min-i 1 remember. (*) G. mag, moge, mbgte, &c. () G. muss, musste, &c. ( 6 ) G. soil, sollte, &c. (') Comp. oida J know ; G. weiss, wusste, wissen ; L. scio ; as distia guished from can (cnawe) yivuctKw, L. novi. , G 62 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. pearf('), J>earft or Jmrfe, )>urfon; subj. vnp. Jiorfte; inf. Jjearfan : ne.ed* XVI. Auxiliaries, 8fc. The A. S. has no future tense, the present serving for both : wille and sceal, like G. will and soil, imply will, duty, and the like, and are not used like will and shall, to form a simple future ; the present of be 6 n has commonly a future power. The perfect and pluperfect are formed as in English, German, &c. by means of the verb to have ; as, ic hsebbe (ge-)lufod / have loved.(-) The participle past being as in the above-named tongues the only true passive form, the passive tenses are formed throughout by the help of the auxiliaries wesan, weordan, and beon to be; as, present ic com, or weorde lufod( 3 ) / a m loved ; imperf. ic waes, or weard: lufod ; perf. ic eom lufod worden / have been loved ; pluperf. ic waes lufod worden I had been loved; future, icbeolufod I shall be lowd. Impersonal verbs are like those of other languages ; as, hit rind it rains; hit ge limpd: it happens. Some have a passive sense; as, a-lyfd it is allowed, lawful (L. licet) ; ge-wyrd: it is agreed, seems good (L. convenit). (') G. darf, durfte. ( 9 ) The imperfect is often used for the pluperfect. ( 3 ) Comp. G. ich habe, hatte, wercle, wurde, ge-liebt; ich bin, war, geliebt wordeo. PREFIXES. C3 CHAPTER VI. . I. Formation of Words. Prefixes. As in Greek, Latin, German, &c. this branch of the language must be strictly attended to, if we would learn the origin, gender, and inflection of words: it consists of Derivation, and Composition, in both which the A. S. closely resembles the German. Derivation either modi- fies the meaning of a word by putting before it a prefix, or changes its part of speech, and inflection, by adding a termination. Composition forms new words by joining one or more together. The following are the chief prefixes: un- (on-) (L. in-; E. and G. un-} : un-scyldig (G. un-schuldig) in-nocent ; un-tigian to un-tie. n- (ne not ; L. ne} : n-yllan (for newillan ; L. n-olle for ne velle) to will not, mil; n-an none. mis- (E. mis- ; G. miss-, misse-) : mis truwian (G. mis-trauen) to mis-trust; mis-deed (G. misse -that) mis- deed. wan ( 4 ) (wana wanting}', wan-hal unhealthy. to-( 5 ) (L. dis- ; G.zer-): to-brecan (L. dis-rumpcre, G. zer-brechen) to break in pieces; to-drifan (L. dis- pellere, G. zer treiben) to scatter, drive away. ( 4 ) Hence O. wan-hope (D. wan-hoop) despair; wan-trust (D. wan- trouw) mis-trust. ( 3 ) Hence O. to-broken, to-torn &c. The prefix to- must be carefully distinguished from the vreutui'tiim to. 64 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. for-(') (L. per-; E./or-; G. ver-): for-beodan (G. ver-bieten) to for -bid ; for-swerian (L. per-jurare) to for-swear ; for-gan to for-go ; for-bsernan (G. ver- brennen) to burn vp, consume; for-gifan (G. ver-geben) to give away, for-give. wider- (wid against; G. wider-): wider-saca (G. wider-sacher) adversary. and- (avri; G. ant-) : and-wlita (G. ant litz) coun- tenance. ge- (G. ge-i L. com-, con-, co-) : has in general a col- lective sense ; as, ge-brodra (G. ge-briider) brethren; ge-scy (G. ge-schuhe, F. chaussure) shoes; ge-maene {G. ge-mein, L. com-mune) common; ge-fera (G. ge- fiihrte, L. com-es) companion ; it forms active verbs from neuters, nouns, &c. as, ge-standan to urge; ge-bencan (G. ge-denken) to think of , remember ; ge-strangian to strengthen ; ge-leanian to reward; ge-niderian to de- grade, condemn; from standan, bencan, strang, lean (reward), nider ; or gives a figurative sense ; as, biddan to ask, beg, ge-biddan to pray. Many words, however, take ge- without any change of meaning; as, seon, ge- sebntosee; hyran, ge-hyran to hear, obey; mearc, ge-mearc mark, limit ; rum, ge-rum wide, roomy. be- (E. and G. be-) makes neuter verbs active; as, gan to go, be-gan to commit, frc. (G. gehen,be-gehen) ; feran to go, be-feran to travel over (G. fahren, be- fahren). It is sometimes privative; as, bycgan to buy, be-bycgan to sell ; be-heafdian to be-head: often in- (') Hence O. far-done, far-spent, &c. The prefix fo r- must not be con- founded with the preposition for, which seems not to occur in composition. NOMINAL TERMINATIONS. 65 tensive; as, reafian to rob, be-reafian to be-reave (G. rauben, be-rauben) ; be-gyrdan (G. be-giirten) to be- gird; or otherwise modifies the sense ; as, be-healdan to be-hold, be-sprecan (G. be-sprechen) to be speak. ed- (again, re-) : ed-niwian to re-new. sin- (simle always, L. semper) : sin-gren ever-green. sam- (L. semi-): sam-cuce^ 51 ) half-quick, half-dead. seg- or ge- gives pronouns and adverbs an indeter- minate sense; as, aeg-hwylc (ge-hwylc) each, every SB g-h wider whithersoever. II. Nominal Terminations. The following are the chief Nominal Terminations, denoting for the most part persons : -a( 3 ) : cemp-a warrior , champion ; hunt-a hunter; bog-a bow. -ere: (E. and G. -er ; L. -or): reaf-ere (G. raub-er) robb-er ; ssed-ere (L. sat-or) sow-er. -end (from the part. pres. ) : Hail-end (G. Heil-and) Saviour, healer; weald-end ruler. -e : hyrd-e herd, keeper; sig e victory; riht-wis-e righteousness. J&4<*4> r* -el, -ol, -1 (E. -le ; G. -el) : byd-el (G. bed-el) lierald, Vt bead-le ; gaf-ol tribute, gav-el; set-1 (G. sess-el) seat, sett-le. -ing: aectel-ing prince, young noble; Woden-ing son of Woden ; earm-ing^oor wretch. { (*) Cue, cucu, cue en, cwic (-e) are also found. ( 3 ) Answering sometimes to L. -o ; as, g u m-a, L. hom-o man, groom; heace br e6d-en sovereign ; byrd-en burth-en. -en (E. -en; G. -in). Peminines from masculines sometimes change the vowel; as, )>en, ]>iii-en slave, female slave; fox, fyx-en (G. fuchs, fuchs-in) fox, *>*6 vix-en; sometimes not ; as, peow, Jjeow-en slave. Some *** yT change the vowel, and take -e ; others change the vowel only; as, mearh, myr-e horse, mare; wulf, wylf (G. wolf, wolf-in) wolf, she-wolf. -estre (E. and D. -ster) : sang-estre (D. zang-ster) song-ster, from sangere singer; sa3rn-estre seam-ster, from saem-ere seamer, tailor.^) The following denote a state, action, or the like : -dum (E. -domj G. -thum): wis-dom wis-dom ; cyne-dom( 2 ) (G. konig-thum) king-ship. -had (E. -head, -hood; G. -lieit) : mae den-had maid- en-head; cild-had (G. kind-heit) child-hood. V " . (') In songstr-ess, $eamstr-ess, a Latin- French termination has been super- added. Hitck-stej-j malt-ster, tap-ster, and the like, are the true feminities ofhawk-er, malt-er, tapp-er, &c. Spin-ster is yet rightly used. - ( 2 ) We have confounded -dom and -ric, but -d6m was properly the office, rank, -rice the territory : thus, cy ne-dom, cy ne-rice (G. konig-reich); t) i sceo p-do m, bisc eo p-rice, and the like. ADJECTIVAL TERMINATIONS. 67 -scipe (E. -ship; G. -schaft): hlaford-scipe lord- ship; freond-scipe (G. freund-schaft) friend-ship. -lac (E. -lock) : wif-lac, wed-lock. factor- vulfrZ _ -ad, -od: hunt-ad hunting ; war-od sea-shore. -ud, -d (E. th ; G.-end): geog-ud (G. jug-end\ youth; treow-d troth, truth. -least (-lyst; from adj. in -leas) : gyme-least heed- lessness. -ung, -ing (E. -ing ; G. -ung) : halg-ung (G. heilig- ung) hallow-ing ; leorn-ing learn-ing. -nes (-nys, -nis: E. -ness; G. -niss): car-leas-nes careless-ness; ge-lic-nes (G. gleich-niss) like-ness. -u, -eo, -o (G. -e): hait-u (G. hitz-e) heat ; maenig-eo (G. meng-e) many, multitude; brsed-o (G. breit-e) breadth. -els (E. -le; G.-el): reed-els (G. raths-el) ridd-le ; -i fCt sticc-els (G. stach-el) stick-le, sting. *- -ed : rec-ed mansion ; eovf-ed flock. -m (E. ~om ; G. -en) : bot-m (G. bod-en) bott-om. -ot, -et, -t: ]?eow-ot, J>eow-t slavery; baern-et burning. -d, -t (E. -th, -d, -t; G. -t) : ge-byr-d (G. ge-bur-t) bir-th; ge-cyn-d kin-d, nature; mih-t (G. mach-t) migh-t. -rffiden(r3ed counsel): hiw-rden house-hold; maeg- raeden relationship. III. Adjectiral Terminations. -e: aedel-e noble; fopg-e fated, fey. -ig (E. -y, G. -ig): dreor-ig (G. traur-ig) drear-y r hys-igte-w. 68 ANGLO SAXON GUIDE. -lie (E. -like, -ly, G. -lick): leof lie (G. lieb-lich) love-ly; wif-lic (G. weib-lich) woman-like, woman-ly. -isc (E. -ish, G. isch) : cild-isc (G. kind-isch) child- ish ; Engl-isc (G. engl-isch) Engl-ish, Anglo-Saxon. -sum (E. -some, G. -sam) : lang-sum (G. lang-sam) tedious, long-some; wyn-sum (G. wonne-sam) amiable^ win-some. -ol (-ul) (L. -vl-us) : sprec-ol talkative. -en (E. and G. en) : fleax-en (G. flachs-en) flax-en ; heed-en heath -en. -beere (beran to bear : G. -bar) : lust-beere (G. lust- bar) pleasant ; waestm-bse re fruitful. -cund (cynn kind, race) : woruld-cund worldly. -iht (G. -icht) : J>orn-iht (G. dorn-icht) thorny. -weard (adj. and adv.; E. -ward): to-weard to- ward, to come; ham-weard home-ward. -feald (E. -fold): an-feald single, one-fold;, twi- feald, two-fold; manig-feald mani-fold. -leas (E. -less, G. -Los) : syn-leas (G. slinde-los) sin-less ; ar-leas (G. ehr-los) void of honour, impious. -wis (wise): ge-wis (G. ge-wiss) certain; riht-wis righteous. -ern (E. -ern) : sud-ern south-ern. -tyme : hefig-tyme troublesome. IV. Verbal Terminations. -ian (-igan, -igean) forms verbs (I. 1.) from nouns, adjectives, and particles; as, cear-ian to care, ge- hyrsumian to obey, wider-ian to oppose; from cearu care, ge-hyrsum obedient, wider against. PARTICLES. 69 C, g, n, or s, sometimes stands before -ian; as, gear- c-ian to prepare, syn-g-ian to sin, wit-n-ian to p&nisk, mrer-s-ian to magnify; from gearu ready, yare> syn sin, \vitepunishment, msere great, famous. -an is contracted from -angan, -agan, or -agan, and -ahan; as, gangan, gan to go ; smeagan, smean to consider, enquire; preagan, prean to vex; sleahan, slean (G. schlagen) to strike, slay. -on is contracted from -angan, or -ogan ; as, fangan, fon to take ; teogan, teon to draw, tug. -ettan : hal-ettan to hail, greet, from ha.1 whole, hale. After c and g, e is not seldom inserted ; as, reec-ean, J>icg-ean, for rsec-an to reach, Jjicg-an to touch, taste, &c. Other verbs in general form the infinitive in -an. V. Particles. Adverbs, prepositions, and conjunctions, are either primitive words, that is, not to be further resolved in the language treated of, or are formed from nouns (often obsolete), adjectives, &c. governed by a preposition ex- pressed or understood. Of the former kind are nu now, (geo (iii), formerly, eft again, get (let), yet, be by, &c. for for, to to, ac but, gif if, &c. Of the latter kind, (to take the cases in order) are the accusatives on-weg (a-weg) a-way ; on-baec (under-, ofer-ba3c) a-back, back; (on-)ge-mang a-mong ; on-gean (a-gen) a-yain, a-gainst ; ealne-weg al-way. 70 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDB. -e (abl. or dat.) forms many adverbs from nouns, adjec- tives,^) &c. ; as, on-riht-e (L. rect-e) ( 2 ) a-riht a-riykt, rigidly; lang-e (L. long-e) long; mid-ealle alto- gether; be-d&le partly ; to-socte in sooth, truly; of- dune, a-dun a-down, down; to-gsedere (set-gaedere), to-somne (aet-somne, G. zu-sammen), to-g ether. lic-e (E. -ly ; the same, borrowed from adjectives in -lie): sceort-lic-e short-fy, strang-lic-e strong-ly. Other ablatives are the conjunctions for-})y therefore ; (for-) hwy? (for) why? ; datives for-pam because, to- Jjon-pset in order that, sid-pan (G. seit-dem) since. -uni, -on (abl. or dat. plur.) : (on) hwil-um, hwil on whilome, whiles, wundr-um wondrously, hwyrft-um by turns, sticce-m8elum( 3 ) piece-meal, be lytl-um and lytl-um by little and little, furd-um (-on) even, just, on-sundr-on in-sunder, a-sunder. -es (genitive) : niht-es( 4 ) (WKT-OZ, G. nacht-s) of a night, by night, will-es willingly, ned-es of necessity, needs, eall-es altogether, nall-es by no means, sod: es of a truth, to-gean-es against, to-midd-es amidst. -a, -unga, -inga (perhaps gen. plur.): gear-a of (') Those in -h and -u take g and w, as, b e a h, h e a g e ; n e a r u, n ea r w e : see Adjectives Def., and Indef. I. ( 2 ) L. adverbs in -e were perhaps ablatives, like those in -o, as ver-t, and the like. ( 3 ) Stic (II. 1) piece, bit, (steak) (G. stuck) ; m & 1 (II. 3) (G. mahl) meal, time of eating, milking cows, fyc. (*) The proper genitives of niht, will a, and ned (neod) are nihte, willan, n6de; at an early stage of the language, all nouns formed the gen. in -es or a ; corap. the many Gr. and L. genitives in -05 &c. and -is. COMPOSITION. 71 yore, son-a soon, forthwith, eali-unga altogether, hol- inga in vain, yrr-inga angrily. -an (an oblique case) : niw-an of late, newly, for-an before, on midd-an, a-midd-an a-mid, wid-ut-an without, buf-an( 5 ) (for be-uf-an) a-bove ; a-but-an (for on-be-iit-an) a-bout, &c. Other adverbial terminations are : -der (motion to ) : hi-der hi-ther, pi-der thi-ther, hwi-der whi-ther. -on, -an (motion from ) : heon-on hence, ban-on thence, h wan-on whence. -r, -ra, -e, &c. (rest in ) : her here, baer (bara) there hwaer (hwar) where; inn-e within, ut-e without. VI. Composition.^ 1 } \ The A. S. language, like the Greek, German, &c. abounds in compound words, of which the last part com- monly settles the part of speech. Nouns and adjectives are usually compounded together, and with verbs, with- out change, as in English, &c. ; as, fic-treow jig-tree, heafod-man (G. haupt-mann) head-man, captain, h e a h- sacerd, high-priest, bisceop-rice bishop-ric, staef- craeft letter-craft, grammar, me do-as rn( T ) mead-hall, Jjeow-boren slave-born, stede-faest stead-fast, bealo- full baleful, snaw-hwit (G. schnee-weiss) snow-white, iren-heard (G. eisen-hart) as hard as iron, lif-faostan (*) D. boven; " Oranjp boven !" ( 8 ) See Rask, pp. 113117. (*) Or-ern; seal t-er nsalt-ern. 72 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. to quicken, ful-fremman (G. voll-bringen) to ful-Jil, and the like. A noun, however, standing first, is often put in the genitive case, especially in local names; as, domes- deegdoom's-day, hilde-byrne war-corslet; Engla-land England, land of the Angles ; Cant-wara-burh Canter- bury, burgh of the Renters ; Cinges-tun Kings-town, Kingston', Beorminga-ham Hirming-ham, home of the Beormings; Oxena-ford Ox-ford, ford of oxen; from dom, hild, Engle, Cant-ware, cing, Beorming, ox a. One or each part is sometimes shortened, &c. ; as, frum-cenned f.rst-born, ael-beorht all-bright, mild-heort mild-hearted ; from fruma beginning, eall, milde, heorte. Prepositions and adverbs commonly stand before verbs, &c. without change, as in English, German, &c. ; as, ymb-gang (G. um-gang) circuit; purh-faran (G. durch-fahren) to go through; wid"- standan (G. wider-stehen) to with-stand ; to-cyme coming to (L. ad-ventus) ; f or e-rynb\ fore-runner ; fore- mihtig (L. prae-potens) very mighty ; up-riht (G. auf- recht) up-right; up-stigan( 1 ) (G. auf-steigen) to go up ; nider-stigan (G. nieder-steigen) to go down ; ford-gan (G. fort-gehen) to go forth; lit-lag out-law (L. ex-lex) ; ofer-cuman to over-come; ofer-mod (G. iiber-muth) pride; under-niman (G. unter-nehmen) to under-take ; fram-ge-witan to depart from ; in-lsedan (G. ein- leiten) to lead in; geond-geotan to pour through, suf- fuse; on-gean-cyrran to turn back again; of-sceotan (') Stigan (G. steigen) answers to L. scandere ; ad-scendere, de- fcendere, &c. SYNTAX. 73 (G. ab-schiessen) to shoot off; sefter-fyligendswccmor, one who follows after; mid-sidian to travel with; an to work together, co-operate. The preposition be, bi, usually becomes big in com- position;. as, big-spel (G. bei-spiel) example, parable ; big-standan (G. bei-stehen) to stand by ; it may thus be known from the particle be, which sometimes be- comes bi; as, be-standan, bi-standan (G. be-stehen) to stand on, occupy.^ 2 ) On often becomes an- or a- ; as, on-bidan, an-bidan, a-bidan to a-bide. JEtandoct in composition often mean from, away; as, aet-berstan to burst away, od-yrnan to run away, escape, like G. ent-bersten, -rinnen. Particles are also freely compounded together. Prepositions, and other particles in composition, are often parted from their verb, as in German ; but the same rules can hardly be given in A. S. In general, purh, up, nider, to, ford, lit, in, on, bi (big) are separable ; a-, an-, be-, ge-, ed-, un-, or-, mis-, od:, and-, wict, s am-, for-, to-, are inseparable; jet, of, &c. are rarely separated. CHAPTER VII. I. Syntax. THE A.S. Syntax in general resembles that of Greek and German ; but it bears the closest likeness, with some remarkable points of difference from that and other (*) See Formation of Particles. H 74 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. tongues, to the Latin, with which it should be compared throughout. The concords agreeing in A. S. with those in Latin, &c. need not be repeated. With regard to the construction of sentences it may be observed, that the verb often stands after both the subject and the object, coming last of all, as for the most part in Ger- man; as, On J)8ere tide J>a Gotan wid Romana-rice ge- winn up-a-hofon, at that time the Goths raised up war against the Roman empire. J?a Darius ge-seah J)aet he ofer-wunnen beon wolde, pa wolde he hine sylfne on J)am ge-feohte for-spillan, when Darius saw that he should be over- come, then he would lose his life in the fight. We sceolon mid biternysse sodre be-hreow- sunge vire mod ge-cleensian, we must with the bitter- ness of true repentance cleanse our mind. Often, however, sentences are in this and other re- spects framed as in English ; and on the whole this part of the grammar will not prove difficult to the student, and may be better learned from reading than from any rules that might be given. II. Syntax of Nouns. Nouns of time answering to the question, " how long 2" are put in the accusative or ablative ; as, Ealle wucan all the week. pry dagas, or Jjrym dagum three days. Answering to the question " when ?" they stand in the ablative, dative with on, or genitive ; as, SYNTAX OF NOUNS. 75 py feordan dogore on the fourth day. On J)issum geare in this year. Ussa tida( 1 ) in our times. Measure, value, age, and the like, are used in the genitive ; as, Twegraelna heah two ells high. Ynces lang an inch long. preora mila brad three milesbroad. Sex peninga wyrcte worth six pence. A'nes geares lamb a lamb of one year. The matter to which a measure, &c. is applied, stands in the genitive ; as, Hund mittena hwaetes a hundred measures of wheat. Hund-teontig punda goldes a hundred pounds of gold. It sometimes remains unchanged ; as, Twegen marc gold( 2 ) two marks of gold. Quality, praise, or blame, stands in the genitive; as, A'r-wyrctre yldo of venerable age. Faegeres and-wlitan of fair countenance. Two ablatives or datives are used absolutely like the 3 L. double ablative ; as, Ge-togene ]>y wsepne( 3 ) the weapon (being) drawn. A-fundenum sceape the sheep (being) found. Two datives, the latter governed by to, are used like the L. double dative ; as, paet he us to fultume sy( 4 ) that he may be (for) a help to us. (') Comp. F. de nos temps. (*) G. zwei mark gold. ( 3 ) L. stricto telo ; ove repert. ( 4 ; L. ut nobis auxilio sit. ANOLO-SAXON GUIDE. The means or instrument stands in the ablative or dative, with or without the preposition mid ; as, Hine mid py heofon-lican weg-nyste ge-trym- mende strengthening himself with that heavenly viati- cum. py betstan leocte ge-glenged adorned with the best lay. Heo hi sylfe mid cyne-licum reafe ge-fraetwode she adorned herself with royal attire. H tg sprecad: niwum tungum they shall speak with new tongues. III. Syntax of Adjectives. Adjectives in general, especially those denoting want, desire, knowledge, remembrance, and the like, have a genitive case of the noun which defines them, and often stand after it ; as, Feos wana wanting money. Freonda leas lacking friends. Hraegles pearfa devoid of raiment. Earn setes georn an eagle eager for food. Ac ic heora com swid:e gifre but I am very greedy of them. Bocagleaw skilful in books. Un-wis God-cundan Naman ignorant of the Di- vine Name. Hi nseron his ge-myndige they were not mindful of him. Modes blide blithe of mood. Sides werig weary of travel. Maegenes strang strong of might. SYNTAX OF ADJECTIVES. 77 I'sig federa icy of wings. They sometimes take an ablative ; as, Wintrum geong young in years. Blind bam eagum blind of both eyes. Adjectives denoting pleasure, profit, injury, and the like, govern a dative ; as, peah he him leof wsere though he were dear to them. Eallum and-feng acceptable to all. paet he mynster-licum cumum ge-Jjensum wsere that he might be serviceable to the monastic guests, Rinca ge-hwylcum un-nyt useless to every man. Derigend-lic byct pe it will be hurtful to thee. Full full, wyrcte worthy, scyldig guilty , have an ablative, dative, or genitive ; as, Full Halgum Gastefullofthe Holy Ghost. Full deadra b-anafull of dead bones. Se wyrhta is wyrde his metes the workman is worthy of his meat. Se byct dome scyldig he shall be guilty of the judg- ment. He is deades scyldig he is guilty of death. Ge-lic like, has a dative or genitive ; as, Hig syrid ge-lice Jjam cildum(') they are like the children. Nan man nis his ge-lica no man is like him. The word which determines a comparative stands be- fore it in the ablative neuter ; as, prym mundum hyrra three hands higher, (') Thus L. similes pueris; ejus similis. H2 78 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Micle ma much more. py weordra so much the worthier. Comparatives require either Jjonne or ]je than, with a nominative, or an ablative or genitive without ; as, Ge synd selran bonne manega spearwan, or ge synd beteran manigum spearwura ye are better than many sparrows. O'der-healf gear laes ]>e jjrittig wintra a year and a half less than thirty years. Se is his mar a he is greater than him. Superlatives take a genitive ; as, Ealra wyrta maest greatest of all herbs. %* For the Syntax of Pronouns see Chapter IV. IV. Syntax of Verbs. Verbs, as in other tongues, agree in number with their subject; after selc para (psera) pe each of them that, every one that, however, the singular is used, agreeing with aelc and not with para; as, JElc ]?ara jje to me cymd (lit. each of them that cometh ) every one that cometh to me. Swa ge-byrad selcum Jjara be wind so it bejitteth every one that contendeth. With a noun of multitude the verb may be either sin- gular or plural ; as, pacommicel maenigeo and to him efston then came a great multitude and hastened to him. Transitive verbs in general, as in other tongues, govern the direct object in the accusative case ; as, SYNTAX OF VERBS. 79 Lufa ])inne nextan love thy neighbour . Seo see ge-tacnad" ]>as and-weardan woruld the sea betokeneth this present world. A'xian to ask, takes a double accusative ; as, Nan ne dorste hine nan Jjing mareaxian no one durst ask him anything more. Verbs of naming have an accusative of the object named, and a nominative of the name ; as, pone un-ge-met lice eargan ])u miht hatan hara the immoderately timid thou mayest call hare. Raedan to rule, a-bregdan to draw (a weapon}, and to-bregdan to cast off ( sleep,} govern the ablative ; as, penden hi Jjy rice rsedan moston while they might rule the realm. A'n of pam J>y sweorde a-braed one of them drew his sword. Mid-]jy heo Jja Jjy slaepe to-brsed when she then had cast off sleep. Verbs of bidding, forbidding, serving, following, obey- ing, consenting to, opposing, pleasing, trusting, injuring, profiting, escaping from ; likewise for-swerian to for- swear, cidan to chide, arian to honour, spare, beorgan to save, defend, deman to judge, oleccan to flatter, *stillan( 1 ) to still, fylstan to succour, efen-lgecan to imitate, ge-nea-laecan to approach, and heorcnian to hearken to, govern the dative ; as, Un-cleenum gastum be-byt he commandeth the un- clean spirits. Ne for-beode ge him forbid him not. (') The verbs marked thus * sometimes govern the accusative. 60 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Ne maeg nan man twam hlaf-ordum beowian no man can serve two lords. He 6 him ben ode she served him. pa sceap him fyligead the sheep follow him. pa se wer hyrde his waldende then the man obeyed his ruler. Gif bu bonne Dryhtne ge-hyrsumast if thou then obey eat the Lord. pes ne ge-bweerede heora ge-beahte this (man) agreed not to their counsel. Ge bafiad eowera faedera weorcum ye consent to your fa thers' ice rks . Him ne wid-stent nan bing no thing withstandeth him. Nemne him wyrd for-stode unless fate had op- posed him. Eallum his wordum wid-cweedon and wid-wunn- on (they) contradicted and opposed all his words. Pilatus wolde bam folce ge-cweman Pilate would please the people. Heo on-gan his wordum truwian she began to trust his words. Ne derode lobe naht baes deofles costnung, ac fremode the devil's temptation hurt Job no whit, but profited him. Hu heo ]jam feond-licum gastum od-fle6n mage how she may escape from the hostile spirits. Sid-ban hi feondum od-faren hasfdon when they had escaped from the enemies. SYNTAX OF VERBS. 81 Ac he sige-wsepnum for-sworen haefde but he had forsworn the weapons of victory. Gif J)in broder syngad cid him if thy brother sin- neth chide him. pu nelt arian bsere stowe thou wilt not spare the lace. Beorh binutn feore save thy life. Demad him be eowre ae judge him by your law. He wolde him oleccan mid his hearpan he would flatter them with his harp. Y'dum s tilde he stilled the waves. Him fylston wel gistas sine his guests succoured him well. Uton for-by ge-efen-laecan bisum men let us therefore imitate, this man. pam deade ge-nea-laecende drawing nigh to death. Ypolitus heora wordum heorcnade Hippolytus hearkened to their words. Verbs of motion, and likewise on-draedan to dread, often have a redundant dative of the subject ; as, Gabe f or ^(^ go forth. He him ham-weard ferde he journeyed homeward. Him ba Scyld ge-wat then Scyld departed. He him on-draet( 2 ) monigne feond he dreads many a foe. Weald an to wield, govern, *on-f on to receive, *milt- sian to pity, hlystan to listen to, helpan to help, *ge- lyfan to believe, wid-sacan to deny, ge-feon to rejoice at, *hrinan to touch, with its compounds; likewise (') Hence " hie thee home," and the like. (*) O. " I fear me." 82 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. wesan to fie, when implying possession, govern the da- tive or genitive ; as, .ZEtlaweoldHunum Attila ruled the Huns. pe on ham dagum ge-weold cyne-domes who in those days ruled the kingdom. On-foh hissum fulle receive this cup. pa on-fengon hig haes feos then took they the money. He miltsad urum gyltum he hath compassion on our sins. Ge-miltsa min have pity on me. Hwy hlyste ge him ? why listen ye to him? Hlyste he godes reedes let him listen to good coun- sel. He him helpan ne maeg he cannot help him. Ge-help hu earmra manna help thou poor men. For-ham-he hu ne ge-lyfdest minum wordum because thou bclievedst not my words. We ne sculon haes ge-lyfan we must not believe that. lulianus his Cristen-dome wid>soc Julian denied his Christianity. pry-wa hu wid-ssecst min thrice thou shalt deny me. Secg weorce ge-feh the warrior rejoiced in the work. Cwen weorces ge-feah the queen was glad of the work. Ne him hrinan ne mehte fser-gripe flodes nor might the sudden gripe of the flood touch him. SYNTAX OP VERBS. 83 pa aet-hran he hyra eagena then touched he their eyes. Pa him wses manna J>earf(') since he had needof men. Pa ping pe paes Caseres synd a pe hale synd they need not a leech that are whole. U're man-dryhten maegenes be-hofad our liege lord requires strength. Hwy fandige ge min ? why tempt ye me? For-])6nichiscostnode therefore I tempted him. We wundriad pas wlitan pjere sunnan we wonder gt the beauty of the sun. (') L. illi Lominum opus erat 84 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Eowre fynd wafiad eower your foes shallbe amazed at you. Briic }>isses beages, and J>isses hraegles neot enjoy this ring, and use this dress. Ne ge-mune ic nanra his synna I will remember none of his sins. Ne ge ne ge-]>encad Jjsera fif hlafa? and do ye not remember the jive loaves? pii hsefst Jjara waepna for-giten thou hast forgotten the weapons. Hi Joes ne gymdon they cared not for that. Feores hi ne rohton/or life they recked not. Heddon here-reafes they heeded the war-spoil. Ge-swic pines wopes cease thy weeping. Sceolde aedeling ealdres linnan( 1 ) the noble must part from life. Hi nanre bricge r.e cepton they kept to no bridge. He nolde nanes fleames cepan he would not take to flight. Ne hearf ic senigre are wenan / may not hope for any honour* Ge-wat pa neosian hean buses (he) then departed to visit the lofty mansion. On-byrige metes(-) let him taste meat. Paulus ehte Cristenra manna Paul persecuted Christian men. Hwa oct-saecct paes? who denies that? Seo Jjeod pe his earnad the people that deserreth it. (') Linnan sometimes has a dative. ( s ) We say also " taste of ." SYNTAX OF VERBS. 85 H6 ne gilpst J>u bonne heora faegeres?( 3 ) boast- est tliou not then of their fairness 'f Ne sceal he faegnian bses folces worda he must not rejoice at the people's words. Hig on-dredon jjsera Israhela to-cymes they dreaded the coming of the Israelites. Se hyr-man his ed-leanes an-bidad the hireling awaiteth his reward. Verbs of granting, likewise till an to till, get, for- wyrnan to deny, ]?ancian to thank, styrian (styran) to chastise, have a dative of the person or near object, and a genitive of the thing or far object ; as, Se halga him J>aes ge-iide the saint granted him that. pa buhte me hefig-tyme be bses to tidienne then it seemed to me troublesome to grant thee that. pa Metod on-lah Medum and Persum aldor- domes when the Lord bestowed the supremacy on the Medes and Persians. pa Noe on-gan him aetes tilian then Noah began to get him food. pe him ne for-wyrnde cyne-lices weordscipes who denied him not hinc/ly honour. Apollonius hire bass bancode Apollonius thanked her for that. He him bs binges styrede he chastised him for that thing. Verbs of depriving, likewise teon &c. to accuse, ( . neuter adjective used and declined as a noun. 8f> AXGLO-SAXON GUIDE. have an accusative of the near object, and an ablative or ge..itive of the far object ; as, Nelle ic ])a rincas rihte be-neeman I will not deprive the warriors of their right. Heo hit ne maeg his ge-wittes be-reafian she cannot bereave it of its understanding. Dyrnum ge-jjingum be-togen charged with secret practices. Hwy tyhct us ure hlaf-ord swa micles falses? why doth our lord accuse us of so great deceit ? Biddan to ash for, has an accusative of the near, and a genitive of the far object ; as Gif his sunu hine bitt hlafes if his son asheth him for bread. Some impersonal verbs govern the person affected in the accusative or dative; hit is often left out; as, Hyngract hine( i ) he is hungry. Seo swefen J>e hine maette the dream that he dreamed. Hire ge-byrad it becometh her. Hit licode Herode it pleased Herod. Him jjuhte it seemed to him (lit. him thought}. Ne ge-weard unc wid uunne pening? did we not agree jor a penny ? Others have beside a genitive of the far object after rules for other verbs ; as, pone weligan lyst an-wealdes the rich lustethfor power. Nsenne mon Jjaes ne tweoct no man doubts of that. (') Comp. G. es hungert ihn ; es ge biibrt ihr ; ihm diinkte. SYNTAX OF PREPOSITIONS. 87 J?e nanre be-hreowsunge ne be-hofad thou need- est no repentance. Him Jjses ne sceamode of that they were not ashamed. V. Syntax of Prepositions. Prepositions, as in German, &c., require various oblique cases of the nouns before which they are placed; thus, geond through, throughout ymb(-e)( 3 ) > t round, ]jurh( 2 ) through ymb-utan$ \dbout. wid-aeftan behind govern the accusative ; as, Ga geond wegas and hegas go through the ways and hedges. purh his micle ge-]jyld through his great patience. Wid-aaftan Jja burh behind the town. Ymb J)a3s cyninges siege about the slaying of the king. Ymb-utan pone weall around the wall. The following govern the dative be (bi, big) (*) of, about, by in-to into of off, from, of set ere, before f 'ram from, by feor far from set at, to un-feorf 5 ) near to to neah (nean) nigh (*) G. durcb. ( 3 ) Comp. apQi, L. amb-, G. urn. () Comp. 1-iTi, G. bei ; &it-o, L. ab, D. af, G. ab- ; L.adj G. zu, 6cc. (') Lit. un-farf G. un-fern. 88 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ge-hende near, handy to-middes 7 .,, I amid aefter after on-middan y bufan 7 binnan(2) -^ J- above . . / within, on-ufan 3 wid:-} . > . ^ ,, .. ... , -. }-mnan t inWe be-seftan (b8eftan)7o/ifj on- 3 J be-hindan Behind aet- ) >-foran oefore be-heonan o?z mu szae to- 3 butan ( ] ) without, outside to-weard toward be-twynan between to-eacan besides. to-emnes along Be J>am heah-faedere concerning the patriarch. Be mines faeder leafe &?/ my father's leave. Far of Jjinum lande depart from thy country. Of anre up-floran off an upper floor. ^t jjam burnan( 3 ) at the brook. Fram cild-hade/rom childhood. Ga to Jjinum hiise go to thy house. Pa hig in-to Jjsere byrgene eodon then they went into the tomb. ^rsunnan setl-gange before the setting of the sun. He wses him feor he was far from him. Un-feor J>am huse near the house. Neah Jjam forda nigh the ford. Ge-hende J)sere ceastre near the town. ^Efter jjam ge-feohte after the fight. Biifan J)eere heofenan above the heaven. Baeftan jjsere maenigeo behind the multitude. Be-heonan Jjsere strsete on this side the street. (') D. buiten, 0. bout, but. ( s ) G. binnen, S. ben. () 8. burn. SYNTAX OF PKEPjsITIONS. 89 Butan bcere wic-stowe outside the camp. Butan aelcum an-ginne without any beginning. Butan wifum and cildum besides women <$c children. Be-twynan J>am twara mynstrura( 4 ) between the two monasteries. T6-middes bam wseterum amid the waters. On-middan bam treowe in the midst of the tree. Binnan bam ge-telde within the tent. ^Et-foran his brym-setle before his a lory-seat. T|6-weard bam haligdome( 5 ) toward the sanctuary. T6-eacan bam fodre over and above the fodder. To sometimes has a genitive ; as, To middes daeges at mid-day: likewise in several compound prepositions above and below. And-lang along (like G. ent-lang) governs the geni- tive ; as, And-lang paes westenes along the desert. The following govern the accusative or dative; the former usually, as in Latin, &c., when motion to, the latter when motion from, or rest in, a place, is signified : but this rule is not strictly followed in A. S. fore( 6 ) 7 7 on on i > ^ nto , f ' Ibcfore .... be-foran y ' in zw, into on-butan about, around (on-)ge-mang a-mong od unto, till be-tweox(7) betwixt^among uppon upon uton ^outside, inn on within widiitan $ without ( 4 ) Hence minster; G. minister; all from L.monasterium. (*) Hence 0. halidom : " by my halidom !" () Comp. Trpo, L. pro, G. (be-)vor; G. an ; lv, L. and G. in ; \ntip t L. super, G. iiber, D. over ; G. unter, gegen, &c. ( 7 ) Like b e-t wy a n from t w a j comp. G. zwi-schen from zwei. 12 90 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ofer over to-geanes^against, under under on-gean ^toward be-geondan beyond. Fore Healf-denes hilde-wisan before Healfdene's war-chiefs. pa he ]>a be-foran ]>one graman cyning ge-lsed waes when he then was led before the cruel king. Ic eom a-send be-foran hine I am sent before him. Be-foran eallum folce before all the people On-butan Jjset cealf around the calf. On-butan J>am weofode about the altar. Od: Rin ]ja ea unto the river Rhine. Qd Daniele Jjarn witegan till Daniel the prophet, ^n Jja ealdan wisan in the old wise. He sylf od-fleah on Asiam he himself escaped into Asia. On J)am hean munte on the high mount. Heo hine in ]>set mynster on-feng she received him into the monastery. In ge-limp-licre tide at a fitting time. Ic eow se'nde swa sceap ge-mang wulfas / send you as sheep among wolves. On-ge-mang odrum mannum among other men. Be-tweox his magas among his kin's-folk. Be-tweox psere ealdan ae and psere niwan 6e- twixt the old law and the new. pa feoll he uppon hine then fell he w/>on him. U'ppon anum beame upon a beam. Heo be-seah innon J>a byrgene she looked into the tomb. Innon J>sere healle within the hall. SYNTAX OF PREPOSITIONS. 91 Hi comon ofer ]>a sae they came over the sea. Micel man-cwealm be-com ofer Jjsere Roman- iscre leode a great plague came upon the Roman people. Under Jjaere fsestnesse under the firmament. Wid-utan his dom-ern outside his judgment-hall. Wid-utan Jjam dice without the ditch. T6-geanes his fynd he gsed he goeth against his foes. Hi ]?aferdon to-geanes ]>am hgedenum they then marched against the heathen. Feohtende on-gean hine fighting against him. pa com him Jjaer on-gean then came there to meet him. Be-geondan lordanem beyond Jordan. Be-geondan J>am mere beyond the lake. or for, and mid( 1 ) with, govern the accusative, ablative, or dative ; as, For call Cristen folc ge-biddan to pray for all Christian people. For ]>y m anchor that crime. For hwylcum intingan ? for what cause? Midjja fore-sprecenan faemnan( 2 ) with the fore- said damsel. Mid ]?y ade with the oath. Mid his agenum life with his own life. Wid against, with, &c. governs the accusative, dative, or genitive ; as, Wid ]>a readan see by the Red Sea. Wid })in folc toward thy people. pa assan wid hi laswodon the asses were grazing with them. (') Comp. G. fur ; /*tra, G. mid. (*) L. femin*. 92 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE .A'na wid eallum alone against all. Eage wid eagan, tod wid ted eye for eye, tooth for tooth. Wid T>aes holtes(') toward the wood. He efste wid Jjaes heres he hastened against the army. A preposition sometimes stands after its case ;" as, Hi him mid sseton they sate with him. Him bi twegen beatnas stodon by him stood two trees. It is sometimes parted from it altogether, and placed either next before the verb, or last of all ; as, pe he man-cyn mid a-lysde with which he re- deemed mankind pa ge-nea-lsehte him an man to then drew nigh to him a man. Ymb-utan is sometimes divided; as, Ymb han-cred utan about cock-crow. Wid and weard are sometimes used, the one before, the other after an accusative or genitive ; as, Wid heofonas weard( 2 ) toward the heavens. Wid Petres weard toward Peter. VI. Syntax of Conjunctions. The following conjunctions require the verb to be in the indicative mode : and ( 3 ) and. eac eke, also. (') P. holt, G. holz. ( 8 ) Comp. the use of L. ad versus. (*) Comp. G. und, auch, so, da, dann, denn, da da, &c. SYNTAX OF CONJUNCTIONS. 93 ac but odde C either , * , , _. swa, swa-swaso, as octer-twega / , _, ( c or swa swa so as oder-bara } ba ") ge 7 tos well as \then ;gec bonne) aegder-ge,j {both and ba ) , nader-ne ne neither IIOT f , ., >when, as J>a-J> fi > swa-beah j hv raid-by(-be) ( 4 ) >toAt, , j -^ /T \ i z.-7 na-laes ac not only but mid-bam(-be) jwhile benden while (for-)by(-be) ~> for, because, sid-ban since for-bam(-be) ^ therefore. The following require the subjunctive, though in general, as in Latin, in subordinate prepositions only : Jjaet, bset-te ( 5 ) that od(-baet) until beah(-be) though ba-hwile(-be)( 6 ) (the) while swylce as if ser 7C^> bonne l when ffir-bam(-be) {{before hwaennej hwaed:er(-be)(7) ^whether hwaerl , sam sara i( or) by-l8es(-be) lest nemne ^ Y* * c unless to-bon-bsetmoroJer that "Y" 1 > a-by J>e somuchthe as hu, hu-meta how. ( 4 ) The particle ft e is added or not at pleasure to several conjunctions. ( 8 ) G. class, D. dat ; G. doch, wann, wenn, &c. (') Hwi 1 is a noun, (n. 3.) while, time ; G. weile. C) Answering to irortpov i), L. utrum an; like these hwaeiSer is proper?? a neuter pronoun. ( 8 ) The conjunction g i f has no more to do with the verb g i f a n than 8. gin has with given, or 0. an with u n n a n. 94 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Hwaet do ic hset ic ece lif age? what shall I do that I may possess eternal life ? Ic wat beet hit byd sawl and lic-homa I know that it is soul and body. peah hwylc of deade a-rise though one arise from death. Peah-be ic sceal ealle wucan faestan tjiough I shall fast all the week. Swylce bu hi ge-sceope as if thou hadst created them. py-lees bu Jjinne fot set stane aet-sporne lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. To-bon-Jjset he his rice ge-brsedde in order that he might extend his empire. A' -by un-weordra ]>e hine manige men for- seon so much the unworthier because many men despise him, Od-])83t ]ju cume to Jjam fyrmestan tillthoucome to the first. Od-]jset se A-lysend com until the Redeemer came. pa-hwile-J>e ge leoht habban while ye have light. pa-hwile-J>e he on life byd while he is a-live. ^Er-jjam-be se hana tuwa crawe before the cock crow twice. ^Er-bam-be ge hine biddad before ye ash him. ponne bu be ge-bidde when thou prayest. ponne he ham cymd when he cometh home. Sege us hwaanne bas bing ge-weordon tell us when these things shall come to pass. SYNTAX OF CONJUNCTIONS. 95 Ge nyton hwaenne seo tid is ye know not when the time is. Ic axige hwaer seo offrung sig / ask where the offering is. Hwar synd J>a nigene? where are the nine? Sceawa hwaeder hit sig Jjines suna J)e ne sig look whether it be thy son's or be not. Sam hit sy sumor sam winter whether itbe summer or winter. Gif wen sy if there be hope. Gif we secgad, of heofone if we say, of heaven Nemne him wyrd f or-st 6 de unless fate had opposed him. pu saedest Jjaet jju-ne mihte witan hu-meta he his weolde thou saidst that than coiddst not knew how he ruled it. Hu Boetius hine singende ge-baed how Bo'etius singing prayed. Butan for but has an indicative, for unless a subjunc- tive; as, Butan ic wat but I know. Butan we gan unless we go. Hu ne with an indicative, and hwaeder with a sub- junctive, are used to make prepositions interrogative; as, Hu ne dod man-fulle swa ? do not the wicked so? Hwaeder ge nu secan gold on treowum doye now seek gold on trees ? Cwyst J>u, or segst pu ? sayest thou? cwede ge say ye? &c. serve the same purpose with an indicative; as, 96 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Segst pu mseg se blinda pone blindan Isedan ? may the blind lead the blind ? Cwecfe ge hsebbe ge sufol ? have ye meat ? Uton (-an) with an infinitive, expresses a wish or in- tention ; as, Uton gan let us go. The negative ne not stands (like L. non, ne, F. ne) before the verb; as, Ne for-laet he eow he will not forsake you. Two(') or more negatives are often used, ne being usually prefixed to each word capable of taking it ; as, Ne wep pii na weep not. pa nses nan crseft Jjaet ic ne ciicte then there was no art that I knew not. Se-pe nis nader ne ge boren ne ge-sceapen fram nanum odrum who is neither born nor created by any other. Butan but, only takes ne before it; as, We nabbad: buton( 2 ) fif hlafas we have but Jive loaves. VII. Syntax of Interjections. Vfkwo takes a dative; as, Wa ]>am men !( 3 ) wo to the man! where sy (be6) be, or bydt shall be is understood. f) The doctrine, therefore, that " two negatives make an affirmative," is as foreign to the true spirit of the English as it would be to that of the Greek language, ( a ) Comp. F. nous n'avons que. (*) L. vtu homini ! G. weh dem manne I SYNTAX OF INTERJECTIONS. 97 Wa is me( 4 ) ! wo is me! On the other interjections, of which the following are he chief, nothing need be added : la! O, oh, lo! ea-la ! oh, halloo, alas I efne ! behold! wa-la-wa (wei-la-wei) well-a-way ! h w se t ! lo ! indeed ! Leof( 5 ) is used as an expletive ; as, Gea( 6 ), leof, ic haebbe yea marry have I. (*) Ovat fiot sort. ( 5 ) Analogous to our P. and familiar use of the word rfar ("; G. andD.ja. CHAPTER VIII. PROSE EXTRACTS. N B. Some words that have already occurred are not explained in he uotes to this and the next chapter. I. 8. Matthew, xii. 110. * # * The Gospels^), and parts of the Old Testament, were rendered into A. S. by one or more ecclesiastics named JElfric, in the 9th or 10th century; the former from the Vulgate, the hitter from some other early Latin translation. The sense therefore, differs now and then from that of the original, and of our authorised version. 1. Se Haelend( 2 ) for on reste-daeg (") ofer aeceras( 4 ); sod-lice his leorning-cnihtas ( 5 ) hyngrede, and hig on- gunnon( 6 ) pluccian( 7 ) Jjaear and etan. 2. Sod-lice J>a J>a sundor-halgan ( 8 ) Jjaet ge-sawon, hi (') The extracts from the Gospels are from Mr. Thorpe's edition, the only one founded on a collation of the best MSS. ( 2 ) Hselend (11. 2.) Saviour, healer (G. Heiland), from hselan to heal: the Name Jesus is thus rendered throughout the A. S. Gospels. ( 3 ) Day of rest, sabbath: rest II. 3 ; G. rast. ( 4 ) J2cer (II. 1.)(corn)Jleld ; aypog, L. ager, G. acker : hence acre. ( 5 ) Disciples: cniht (II. 2.) youth, servant ; hence knight: G. knecht lervimt ; comp. L. puer. ( 6 ) On-ginnan (III. 1.) to be-gin. ( 7 ) I. 1. to pluck; G. pfliicken. ( 8 ; Suudor-halga (I. 2.) Pharkee, lit. separate saint. EXTRACTS S. MATTHEW. 99 cwpedon to him : Nii Jjine leorning-cnihtas dod: pset him a-lyfed( 1 ) nis reste-dagum to donne. 3. And he cwsed" to him: Ne ra?dde( 2 ) ge hwset Dauid dyde J>a hine hyngrede, and |>a }>e mid him waeron, 4. Hii he in-eode on Codes hus, and set ]?a ofFring- hlafasC) J>e nseron him a-lyfede to etanne, buton ]?am sacer lum( 4 ) anum ? 5. Odcte ne rsedde ge on Jjatre se, ])net }?a sacerdas on reste-dagum on }>am temple ( 5 ) ge-wemmad^') J) me reste-daeg, and synd biitori leahtre(") ? 6. Ic secge sod-lice eow J>aet Jjes( 8 ) is meerra(9) Jjonne ]?aet tempi. 7. Gif ge sod: lice wistou hwaet is : Ic wille mild- heortnesse and na on-saejdnesse( 10 ), ne ge-nidrode ge nsefre un-scyldige. 8. Sod-lice mannes sunu is eac reste-daeges hlaf- ordt 11 ). 9. pa se Haslend ]janon for, he com in-to heora ge- somnunge{ 12 ) : 10. pa waes Jjger an man se haefde for-scruncene( 13 (') A-l^'fan (I. 2.) to allow ; G. er-lauben. ( 2 ) Reedan (I. 2.) to read. ( 3 ) Loaves of offering, show-bread ; offring II. 3. hlaf II. 2. ( 4 ) Sacerd (II. 2.)pnest L. sacerdos. ( 5 ) Tempi (III. 1.) temple. ( 6 ) Ge-wemman (I. 2.) to pollute, profane. ( 7 ) Leahtei (II. 2 ) crime, sin ( 6 ) This man. ( 9 ) Mare (I.)great,famous- ( 10 ) On-saegdnes (II. 3.) sacrifice ; on-secgan to offer. (") II. 2. lord; said to be from hlaf bread, loaf, and orrl beginning, origin ; that is, giver of bread. ( 12 ) Assembly, synagogue ; G. ver-sammlung. ( 13 ) For-scrincan (III. 1.) to shrink up,wither away : mark the intensive force of for-. 100 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hand. And hig acsodon hine, bus cwedende : Is hit a-lyfed to haelanne on reste-dagum ? beet hig wegdoo ( ! ) hine. 11. He saede him sod-lice: Hwylc man is of eow, J>e haebbe an sceap, and gif hit a-fyld reste-dagum on pyt ( 2 ), hu ne nimct he baet, and hefct hit up ? 12. \Vitod-lice( 3 ) micle ma man is sceape betera( 4 ) ; witod-lice hit is a-lyfed on reste-dagum wel to donne. 13. pa cwaed: he to bam men : A-bena( 5 ) bine hand. And he hia-benede; and Tied wees hal ge-woiden swa seo oder. II. -S. Mark, vi. 32. 32. And on scip ( 6 ) stigende, hig foron on-sundron on weste( 7 ) stowe( 8 ). 33. And ge-sawon hig fareride, and hig ge-cneowon. manega, and gangeride of bum burgum(9), J>ider urnon and him be-foran comon. 34. And ba se Hselend banon code, he ge-seah mic- ele maenigeo, and he ge-miltsode him, for-bam-be hig (') Wregantfl, 2.) to accuse, be-icray. (*) II. 2. pit.hole; D. put, L. put-eus. ( 3 ) Verily, truly, far, but, therefore ; a common expletive : from witian (I. 1.) to decide. ( 4 ) Vulgate : " Quanto magis melior." (*) A-}*nian (I. 1.) to stretch out. I 6 ) Comp. r), G. schiff, D. schip ; hence also skiff. ( 7 ) Weste (I.) waste, desert; G. wiist, D. woest. (*) Hence stow in local names, and to stow, be-slow. ( 9 ) Burh (p. 19-20), G.burg (Trvpyos) o (Jbrtified) toun. burgh. EXTRACTS S. MARK. 101 weeron swa-swa scep( 1 ) J>e neenne hyrde nabbad ; and on-gan hig fela laeran ( 2 ). 35. And Jja hit micel ylding( 3 ) waes, his leorning- cnihtas him to comon and cwsedon : 38. peos stow is weste, and tima is ford-a-gan( 4 ) ; for-kct ])ds raecuigeo, jjoet higfaron on ge-heiide tunas;'), N "and him mete bycgon Jjaet hig eton( 6 ). 37. pa cwsed he : Sylle (?) ge him etan. pa cwsedon hig: Uton gan, and mid twam hundred penigum( B ) hlafas bycgan, and we him efan syllad. 38. pa cwsed he. Hu fela hlafa(9) habbe ge? gad and 16ciad('). And J>a hig wiston hig cwsedon : Fif hlafas and twegen fixas. 39. And ]?a be-bead^ 1 ) se Heelend Jjagt jjaet fgls. seete ofer ]ja3t grene hig( 12 ). 40. And hig J>a seeton, hundredum (* ! ) and fiftigum. 41. And fif hlafum' and twam fixum on fangenum ( u ), he on heofon locode, and hig bletsode , and J>a hlafas braec, and sealde his leorning-cnihtum Jjset hig to-foran him a-setton; and twegen fixas him eallum dselde( 15 ). (') Two accusatives as with L. doceo, ( 2 ) Lateness, delay ; from eald. ( 3 ) For scesip seep. 5. ( 4 ) Gone forth ; "far passed.'' (*) Tun (II. 2.) village, town: originally enclosure, farm : comp. G. znun hedge ; D. tuin garden. ( 6 ) Comp. eStiv, L. edere. ( 7 ) Syllan (I. 3.) togive, sell. (*) Penig Cpening) (II. 2.) G. p.^nnig. ( 9 ) Ge : see p. 32. ( lo ) Locian (I. 1.) to look. ( u ) Be-beodan(IlI. 3.) to command. (") 14. 1. htiy; G.heu. Vulg. ''super viricle foenum." ( 13 ) By hundreds, $c. ( H ) Abl. or dat. absolute, p. 75. ( 1S j, Dilaa (1. 2.) to deal, divide, distribute ; G. theilen, D. deelen. K 2 102 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE* 42. And hig seton J>a ealle, and ge-fyllede wurdon. 43. And hig namori bsera hlafa and fixa lafa( 1 ), twelf wilian( 2 ) fulle. 44. Sod-lice fif Jjusend manna boera etendra wseron. 45. pa son a he nydde( 3 )his leorning-cnihtas on scip stigan, ]>aet hig him be-foran foron ofer pone mudan ( 4 ) to Bethsaida, od he Jjset folc for-lete ( 5 ) . 46. And ba he hig for-let, he ferde( 6 ) on bone munt( 7 ), and hine ana ])ar( 8 ) ge-baed( 9 ). 47. And pa 3efen( 10 ) waes, baet scip wses on middre SSP, and he ana waes on lande. 48. And he ge-seah hig on rewette( n ) swinceride( 12 ) ; him \va?s wicter-weard( 13 ) wind( 14 ) : and on niht, ymbe ]?a feordan'wseccan( 15 ), he com to him ofer ba ssegangende, and wolde hig for-biigan ( l6 ). 49. pa hig hine ge-sawon ofer ]ja sae gangende, hig wendon baet hit un-fa3le( 17 ) gast( 18 ) waere, and hig clyp- edon , (') Laf(II. 3.) leaving, remnant ; laefan (1.2.) to leave; Xetirfiv. ( 2 ) Wilia (1. 2.) basket. ( 3 ) Nydan (I. 2.) to compzl ; from ne6d. ( H ) MuSa(I. 2.) mouihof a river ; here lake; Vulg. " fretum." (*) For-Jaetan (II. 2.) to forsake, abandon, (G. ver-lassen, D. ver-laaten), tend away. ( 6 ) Feran (I. 2.) to go. ( 7 ) 11.2. mount: we have u a mountain." ( 8 ) par=j>aer, ^ara. ( 9 ) Ge-biddan (II. 1. reflect,) to pray. ( 10 ) jEfen (II. 2.) even, G. abend : -ung (II. 3.) evening. ( n ) Rewet (II. 2.) rowing ; rowan (II. 2.) (o row ; D. roeijen. ( 12 ) Swincan (III. 1.) to labour ; O. suitik. ( 13 ) Adcei se, way-ward ; G. wider-wartig. ( 14 ) II. 2. G. & D. wind ; L. vent-us. ( 15 ) Wsecce (1. 3.) watch. (16) III. 3. avoid, pass by. ( 1T ) Unclean; faele pure, faithful : fffil-s-ian to purify. ( 18 ; Comp. G. geist, D. geest, S. ghaist. EXTRACTS S. MARK. 103 50. Hig ealle hine ge-sawon, and wurdon ge-dref- ede( 1 )- And sona he spraec to him, and cwsed : Ge- Ivfad ; ic hit eom ( 2 ) : nelle ge ( 3 ) eow/on-dreedan. * li&A/l Ji^ 51. And he on scip to him exxfe ; and se wind ge- swac ( 4 ) ; and hig ]?aes be ma( 3 ) be-tweox him wundredon. 52. Ne on-geaton ( 6 ) hig be bam hlafum ; sod: lice heora heorte wses a-blend( 7 ). 53. And ba hig ofer seglodon, hig comon to Genesaret and bar wicedon ( 8 ) . 54. And ba hig of scipe eodon, sona hig hine ge- cneowon ; 55. And eal Jjset rice be-farende( 9 ), hig on saeccing- um ( 10 ) bseron J>a un-truman ( n ), }?ar hig hine ge-hyrdon. 56. And swa-hwar-swa he on wic( 12 ) odde on tunas code, on straeton ( 13 ) hig J>a un-truman ledon, and hine baedon Jjaet hig huru( 14 ) hisreafesfnsed^ 5 ) 3et-hrinon( 16 ). And swa fela swa hine aet-hrinon, hig wurdon hale. ( J ) Drefan (I. 2.) to trouble, off end. (*) Comp. G. ich bin es ( 3 ) L. nolite. ( 4 ) Ge-swican (III. 2.) to cease. (*) So much the more ; G. des-to mehr. ( 6 ) On-gitan(II. 1.) to understand. ( 7 ) A-blendan (I. 2.) to blind; blind blind. ( e ) Wician (I. 1.) to dwell : see wic below. ( 9 ) Be-faran=be-feran, p. 55. ( lo ) Saeccing (II. 3.) sacking, bed. ( u ) Diseased, infirm ; trumjirm. ( 12 ) Wfc (II. 1.) dwelling, village; L. vic-us: hence wich and wick in local names; D. wijk. ( 13 ) Street (II. 3.) street; G. strasse, D. straat. (") At least, at all events. ( ls ) Hem* ( w ) ^Et-hrinan (III. 3.) to touch. 1C4 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDRi III. 5. Luke, xx. 925. 9. He on-gan jja Jjisbig-spel^) to pam folce cwedan. Sum man plantode( 2 ) him wi n-geard ( 3 ) , and hine ge- sette( 4 ) mid tilium(), and he waes him feor manegum tidum( 6 ). 10. pa on tide he sende his ]je6w to pam tilium, paet hig him sealdon of bses win-geardes waestme ; ha swung- on ( 7 ) hig |>one and idelne ( 8 ) hine for-letpn. 1 1 . pa sende he oderne peow ; }>a beoton hig pone, and mid teonum ( 9 ) ge-wspcende ( 10 ) hine for-leton idelne. 12. pa sende he pryddan ; jja wurpon hig lit J>one ge-wundodne( n ). 1.3. pa c\va3d: })3es win geardes hlaf-ord : Hwset do ic? ic a-sende minne leofan sunu; wenunga( 12 ) hine hig for-wandiad( 13 ) jjonne hig hine ge seoct. (') Parahle see p. 73. Spel (II. 1.) story, tale ; hence spell. ( 2 ) Plantian(I. I.) to plant. ( 3 ) Vine-yard; D. wiju-gaard : geavd or card (II. 2.) yard, (g(irden},ii>- closure, dwelling, country. ( 4 ) Ge-settan (I. 2.) to furnish, fienple : perhaps a mis-translation of Vu'g. " locavit ;" we read " let it forth." ( 5 ) Tilia (I. 2.) tiller, husbandman. ( 6 > Tid (II. 3.)time, tide, season ; G. zeit, D. tijd. Fora longtime, mniy teasons, Vulg. " multis temporibus.'' ( 7 ) Swingan (III. 1 ) to beat, swinge. ( 8 ) I'del (I.) empty, idle, vain ; G. eitel, D. ijdel. ( 9 ) Teona (I. 2.) injury, wrong. ( 10 ) Ge-wjecan (I. 2.) to weaken, injure : wac (G. weich) weak. ( 11 ) Wundian (I. 1.) to wound : wund (II. 2.) wound. ( 12 ) Perhaps: wenan to ween, hope, expect ; G. wahnen to/a-jcj/, &c. ( 13 y For-wandian (1. 1.) to respect, reverence. XTRACTS S. LUKE. 105 14. pa hine )>a tilian ge-sawon, hig Jjohton be-tweox him, and cwaedon : Her is se yrfe-weard (*) ; cumad, uton hine of-slean( 2 ), Jjaet seo seht( 3 ) lire sy. 15. And hig hine of Jjarn win-gearde a-wurpon( 4 ) of- slegene. Hwset dd jjaes win-geardes hlaford ? 16. He tjymd" and for-spild ]ja tilian, and syld" Jjone win-geard'},*>drum. Hig cwsedon pa hig J)is ge-hyrdon paet ne g(g-weorde. 17. fa be-heold he hig, and cwaech Hwaet is J>aet a-writen is, pone stan( 5 ) }>e J>a wyrhtan a-wurpon, ]jes is ge-worden on jjsere hyrnan( 6 ) heafod( 7 )? 18. -ZElc J>e fyld" ofer }>one stan byd" for-brytt( 8 ) ; ofer Jjone J>e he fyld, he to-cwyst(9). 19. pa sohton ])gera sacerda ealdras( 10 ) and J>a boc- eras( n ) hyra handa on Jjaere tide on hine wurpan( 12 ); and hig on-dredon him ]>aet folc : sod-lice hig on-geton paet he J)is big-spel to him cwaed. ( l ) Heir ; yrfe (1. 3.) inheritance (G. erb-schaft) weard (II. 2.) keeper, ward-en, &c. ( a ) Slean (II. 3.) to strike, b?at, slay ; of-slean to kill outright . of- in com- position often strengthens the sense or makes it bad. ( 3 ) ^E'ht (II. 3.) possession; from &gan. ( 4 ) A-weorpan (III. 1.) to cast out, reject. ( s ) Comp. G. stein, D. steen, S. stane. ( 6 ) Hyrne (I. 3.) corner. ( 7 ) Heafod (III. 1 ) head ; G. haupt, D. hoofd. ( 8 ) For-bryttan (I. 2.) to break, shatter : Yulg. " conquassabitur." ( 9 ) To-cwysan (I. 2.) to crush, squeeze to pieces ; G. quetschen. With t-queeze, comp. bar, s-par ; melt, s-melt ; tumble, s-tumble, 5fc. <5fc. ( 10 ) ChieJ\s of the) priests. (") Bocere (II. 2.) book man, learned man, scribe, lawyer. ( l3 ) Or weorpan ; see p. 5. 106 ANGLO-SA .ing ha Codes synd. IV. S. John vii. 1428. 14. pa hit wees mid-daeghaes freols-daeges ( 3 ), ha code se Ha'ilend in-to ham temple, and laerde. 15. And ha ludeas wundredon and cwsedon: Hu- meta can hes stafas, honne he ne leornode( 4 ) ? 16. Se Haelend him and-swarode ( 5 ) and ewred: Min lar nis na min, ac haes he me sende. 17. Gif hwa( 6 ) wile his willan don, he ge-cneewct be haere lare hwaeder heo slg of Code, hwasd.-r-he ic be me sylfurn spece. 18. Se-he be him sylfum spied seed: his agen wuld- or( 7 ) ; se-he seed: haes wuldor j)3 hine sende, se is sod- faest( 8 ), and nis nan un-riht-wisnes on him. 19. II u ne sealde Moises eow se, and eower nan ne healt ha as ? Hwy sece ge me to of sleanne ? (*) III. 1. super-script ion. (*) A-gifan (II. 1.) to render, restore, give back. ( 3 ) Freols(II. 2.) feast, festival. ( 4 ) Leornian (I. 1.) to learn; G. lefnen. ( 5 ) And-swarian (I. 1.) to answer, governing the dative. ( 6 ) If any one ; comp. L. si quis. ( 7 ) Wuldor (-ery (f[. 2.) glory. ( 8 ) Sooth-fast, tnttlijut, ju*t ; fast ibruis the second part of several compound adjectives. 108 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. 20. pa and-swarode seo maenio and cwaeCh Deofol ]je sticad on( 1 ) ; hwa seed J>e to of-sleaune ? 21. pa and-bwarode se HaJend, and cwaed to him: an weorc ic worhte, and ealle ge wundriad. 22. For-hy Aloises eow sealde ymb-snidennesse ( 2 ) ; (naes( 3 ) na for-Jjyg-Jje heo of Moises sy, ac of faed- eron( 4 );) 23. And on reste-daege ge ymb-sn'dad man paet Moises se. rie sy to-worpen( 5 ) ; and ge belgact( 6 ) wid me for J)am-])e ic ge-ha:lde fenne man on reste-daag. 24. Ne deme ge be an-syne ( 7 ), ac demad rihtne dom. 25. Sume cwadon, ]ja Ije wseron of Jerusalem: Hu nis ]>es se J>e hig secad: to of-sleanne ? 26 And nu he spied open-lice ( 8 ), and hig ne cwedad nan Jjing to him. Cwecte we( 9 ) hwaeder J>a ealdras on- giton ]jset Jjes is Cri^t ? 27. Ac we witon hvvanon hes is : honne Crist cymd, ])oiine nat nan man hwanon he byd. 28. Se Hselend clypode and Iserde on ]?am temple, and cwaed:: Me ge cunnon( 10 ), and ge witon hwanon ic (*) On-stician (1. 1.) to prick, urge on. ( 2 ) Ymb-snidennes (II. 3.) circum-cision ; ymb-sniSan (III. 2.) to cir- cum-cise ; part. p. -sniden. ( 3 ) Najs (nas)not; usually joined with n&. ( 4 ) For faederum ; see p. 12. (*) To-weorpan (III. 1.) to over-throw, cast dawn, destroy ; L. dis-jicere, G. zer-werfen. ( 6 ) Belgan(IIl. 1.) to beangry. ( 7 ) An-s^'n (II. 3.) countenance, appearance. ( 8 ) Open (II.) open ; G. offen, D. open. ( 9 ) See pp.95 6. ( lo ) Observe the distinction between cunnan and witan (p. 61, note 7); ne ye know, and ye wot whence I am. EXTRACTS GENESIS. 109 com : and ic ne com iram ma sylfum, ac se is sod be me jende, bone ge ne cunnon. V. Genesis, ch. 1. pane mihte losep hine leng dyrnan( 2 ), ac he ealle ba Egiptiscan ut, beet nan fremde( 3 ) man be-twyx him neere ; '*>*- ^t** - b& **^ 2. And he weop, and clypode hludre ( 4 ) stefne, and ba Egiptiscan ge-hyrdon, and eal Pharaones hired ( 5 ) ;/* 3. And he cwsed to his ge-brodrurn : Ic com losep; lyfad ure feeder nu git? pa ne mihton his ge-brodru him for ege( 6 ) ge-and-wyrdan( 7 ). 4. pa grette( 8 ) he hig ar-wurd-lice(9), and cwaed : Ic com losep eower brodor, be ge sealdon on Egipta- \^*vM- land(-). 5. IVe on-drsede ge eow nan b'tng, ne eow ne of- bince ( IJ ) baet ge me sealdon on bis rice ; sod-lice for eow re baarfe me sende God on Egipta-land. ( l ) This and the following chapter are taken with some alterations from Tiiwaites's Heptateuchus. ( 2 > To hide (I. 2.); dyrne (I.) dark. ( 3 ) Fremed, fremd (1.) strange, foreign ; G. fremd. ( 4 ) Hlfid (I.) loud; G. laut, D. luid. ( 5 ) II. l.houxhold. ( 6 ) II. 1. awejear. ( 7 ) And-wyrdaii (I. 2.) to answer; and-wyrd (II. 3.) answer; G. ant- wort-en. Ge- is used before no other prefixes but and- and ed-, as should Lave been stated p. 41, note 2. ( 8 ) Cretan (1.2.) to greet, salute. ( 9 ) A'r-wurS-lic (II.) honorable; G. ebr-wurd-ig. ( 10 ) Liinii of the Egyptians : comp. Engla-land, 6tc. p. 72. < ll \ ' Hit) of-j)inctS it rejienteih : L. poenitet see p. (36-7. L JlO ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. 6. Nu twa gear waes( 1 ) hunger ofer ealle eordan. and j^- git sceolon ( g ) fife on J>am man ne maeg nader ne erianC 5 ) ne ripan( 4 ). 7. And God me sende ttVpam-baet ge beon ge-heald- * yene, and J}ast ge habbon }>aet ge magon big-lybban ( 5 ). 8. Paet naes na eowres J>ances( 6 ) ac burh Cod Jje ip Q *i*M-])urh his willan ( 7 ) hider a-send wses, se dyde me swylce ' vie Pharaones ffetfer waere, and his hiredes hlaf-ord, and ^^h sette me to eajdre ofer Egipta-land. 9. Farad hr8ed-lice( 8 ) to minum faeder, and secgad him J)33t God me sette to hlaf-orde eallum Egiptum ; beodad him ]jaet he fare to me, 10. And wunige(9)on Gessen-lande( 10 ). and beo me ge-hende, he and his suna, and his bearna beam, and eowre sceap, and eowre hryder-heorda( n ) and eal Jjaet ge agon. fajM faily*,^ 11. Ajid_jc_eow fede. Git syud fif hunger-gear baeftan( 12 ) : dod jjus Jjaet ge ne for-wurdon( 13 ). 12. Nii ge ge-seod hu hit mid me is, and ge ge-hyrad hnaet ic to eow sprece. (!) Has been : see p. 62, note 2. ( a ) Shall be, are to come. ( 3 ) To ear, plough ; L.arare. ( 4 ) 1.2. to reap. ( 5 ) Seep. 73. ( 6 ) Of your ownoccord : see p. 70. Vulg. has " vestro consilio." ( 7 ) Through whose will: see p. 31. ( B ) Quickly ;=hrat5e : see p. 25. ( 9 ) Wunian to dwell ; G. wohnen. ( 10 ) Land of Goshen. (") Hr^-iSer (III. 1.) ox, rother-beatt ; G rind, D. rund : mark the dropped and the vowel lengthened : seep. 2. Heord (II. 3.) herd ; ("; Behind, to come. C 3 ; For-weorSaa (III. 1.) to perish; obcerre the force of the prefix . , EXTRACTS pEN Cfe^ZrZy p^ 12. Cdad minum faeder eal rmn wulclorand ealle ba bing pe ge ge-sawon on Egipr.a-lande : eistaa and leedad hine to me. . (L . o,JI 14. And he clypte( 1 ) heora aelcne, and cyste ( 2 ) hig, 15. And weop: aefter jjisoli hig ne dorston sprecan wid hine. *\h***k'^**'*' "*^. * 'frvtvP^ 16. pa spraep maVT ofer-eal( 3 ), and wicPmsersode (*) paet Ipsepes bro^rjj comon to Pharaone, and Pharao waes gfed, and eal his hired; $Jlj. 17. And he bead losepe paet he bade his brodrum and J)us cweede : Symad ( 5 ) eowre assau, and farad to Chanaan-lande. 18. And nimad Jjaer eowerne faeder, and eowere maegda( 6 ), and curnad to me, and ic eow sylle ealle Egipta goci. tyr+k ty t ~ &kw' - #VlL 19. Beod him eac Jjaet hig nimon waenas( r ) t6 hyra cilda fare( 8 ) and to hyra ge-maecceua( 9 ), and beod him eac J>aet hig nimon hyra faeder, and efsLon hider swa hig magon. < *f?b 20. And ne for-lffite ge nan h^ng( 10 ) of eowrum yddisce( u ), for-bam,ealle Egipta jfoeda( 12 ) beod eowre. X*^*^21. Israeles suna dydon swa him be-boden wae-s, and U. /. / (') Clyppan (I. 2.) toembrace, clip. ( s ) Cyssan (I. 2. ) to kiss ; G. kiissen. (*) Euerttioliere ; G. iiber-all. ( 4 ) Wid-mzersian to nohe, spread abroad; from wid and mtcre. Wj^g/^ ( 5 ) SJrmaa (I. 2.) to load. () Maeg (II. 3. ) family, household, tribs. (^ 7 ) Wsegn, waen (II. 1.) wagon, wain ; G. wagea. ( 8 ) Far (ll.3.)going,jmirney ; hence fare. ( 9 ) Ge-rasecca, -e (I. 2, 3.) husband, wife, companion, mate ; 0. make. (|0) Vulg. Nee dimittaiis quicquam." (") Yddisc^boJ, from etaii ; hence P. eddish, ashw, &Lc.Jeedfar cattle, after-grast, stubble. ('*) Sped JlS? ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. A0 losep him sealde waenas eal-swa Pharao him bead, and fo^r^^),*"*!^^ 22. And sfeaMe. hyra selcum twa scrud( 2 ); and he sealde Beniamine fif scrud, and breo hundred sylftyngW 3 ). 1 23. And he sende his fseder tyn assan he waeron ge- symed mid fe, and raid hraeele( 4 ), and mid Egipta ~iy?k*- *~C^\. L*ta*~ ^fO~~ welon ( 5 ), and tyrie he baron. hwaete and hlaf. * ^T^^Jtiff '24. Witod-lice he let ]ja his ge-brodru faran, and cwsed to him : Ne for-laete ge nan J>ing ( 6 ) be wege, ac beod swide ge-some( 7 ). 25. Hig foron of Egipta-lande, and comon to Cha- naan-lande to lacobe hyra feeder, 26. And cwetidon t6 him : losep lyfad bin sunu, and wealt ealles Fgipta-landes,. pa lacob hset ge-nyrde j)a " :i < huhte him swylce he of hengujm sbppe a-wacode, ^^v^^OU- 27. And peah he him ne ge-lyfde, hig rehton ( 8 ) him hyra fereld ( 9 ) be ende-bj rdnesse ( 10 ) and J>a he ge-seah ha WjSenas, and ealle })a hing he him ge-sende wseron, his g^ weard"ge-ed-cwicod( n ), (') '' Provision for the way ;'' for (II. 3.) journey ; mete (II. 2.) meat. ( 2 ) Vulg. ' stolas ;" " changes of raiment :" scrfid (II. 1.) garment, throvd. ( 3 ) Sylfring (II. 2.) piece of silver." ( 4 ) Hraegl (II. 2.) raiment, garment; hence night-rai!. ( 5 ) Wela(I. 2.) weal, wealth: -p\. riches, prosperity. ( 6 ) Perhaps repeated by mistake from v. 5. Vulg. has here u Ne irascamini :'' we " see that ye fall not out." ( 7 ) MMr&vtlt-.h-.'Jt. ^,^( 8 ) Reccan (II. 2.) to relate. ( 9 ) Going, journey, or perhaps, how they had fared. ( 10 ) In order, succession: Vulg. "Illi econtra referebant omnem ordinem rei." (") Ge-ed-cwician to make alive again, quicken, cwic, cue, &c. quick, living, EXTRACTS EXODUS. , tAfr 28. And he cwaeet : Ge-nph ic haebbe gif losep min sunu gyt leofaot; ic fare and ge-se6 hine ser-pam- pe ic swelte ( x ), VI. Exodus, ch. xxiii. ( 2 ) 1. Ne under-foh( 3 ) lease (*) ge-witnesse( 5 ). 2. Ne fylig( 6 ) pu pam folce pe yfel wille don, ne be-foran mariegon socles ne wanda( T ). 3. Ne miltsa( 8 ) J)\i Jjearfan( 9 ) on dome. 4. Gif ]?u ge-mete j>ines feondes oxan odde assan, Ited hine to him. 5. Gif ]?u ge-seo his assan licgan under byrdene( 10 ), ne ga Jjii Jjanon, ac hefe hine up mid him. 6. Ne pu ne wanda on pearfan dome. 7. Fle6h ( X1 ) leasunga ( 12 ) ; un-scyldigne and riht-wisne ne of-sleh hu. n Sweltan (III. 1.) to die . ( 2 ) This chapter is imperfect in several places, and the 30th verse is wanting. ( 3 ) Under-fangan, -f6n (II. 2.) to undertake, receive. (*) Leas (1.) false, lying. (*) Witness, testimony. (*) Seep. 42. ( 7 ) Wandian to fear, &c. : shrink not, decline not from the truth through fear. () Miltsian to pity ; from milde. ( 9 ) pearf(I.)pow. ( l ) ByriSen (II. 3.) burthen ; G. biirde : from beran. (") Fleogan, fle6n (II. 2.) tojlee,Jly ; G. fliehen, fliegen. ( 12 ) Either sing, or plur. Nouns in -ung sometimes form the oblique cases singular in -a. Leasung leasing, lying, from leas. L 2 114 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. 8. Ne nhn bu lac( J ) ba a-bieniiad gleawne( s ), and a-wendad" (*) riht-wisra word. 9. Ne bed bu ael-beodigum ( 4 ) gram( 5 ), for-bam ge \vipron sel-jjeodie on Eipta-lande. 10. Saw( 6 ) six ger( 7 ) jjin land, and gadera( 8 ) his v aestmas, 1 1. Andlset hit restan on }>am seofodan, Jjaet bearfan eton bser-of, and wild-deor(9) : do swa on ])inum win- carde, and on pinum ele-beamori( 10 ). 12. Wyfc six dagas, arid ge-swic ( n ) on J>ara seofodan, Jjaet ]jin oxa and J>in assa hig ge-reston, and bset bin re \vylne sunusy ge-hyrt( 12 ), and se utan-cumena( 13 ). 13. Healdact ealle ]ja Jjing be ic eow saede, and ne swerie ge burh utan-cumenra goda naman. 14. prywa on gere ge-wurdiad"( 14 ) minne freols. 15. PU ytst beorf-symbel ( 15 ) ; seofon dagas ge etact (') Gifts, here neuter II. 1., but see p. 9. (*) Gleaw (I.) skilful, clever ; G. klug. ( 3 ) A-wendan (1.2.) to turn away, sub-vert, per-vert ; G. ab-wenden: tbe prefix a- sometimes has the force of of-. (*) /!-}>e6dig (II.) foreign, strange; ael- is here=a\\-oc, L. al-ius, al- ier.us ; and not to be confounded with sel for eal, in sel-mihtig, ael-beorht aiid the like. ( 5 ) Angry, cruel. Vulg. " molestus.'' ( 6 ) Si wan (II. 2.) to sow ; G. sa'hen. ( 7 ) =gear, see p. 5. {*) Gaderian to gather. ( 9 ) Wild beasts. ( lo ) Olive-trees ; ele oil, beam beam, tree ; G. baum, D. boom, whence bcom. ( n ) Ge-swican (III. 2.) to cense. ( 12 ) Ge-hyrtan (I. 2.) to encourage, hearten, strengthen, from heorte. ( l3 ; Stronger, one come from without} it-on, see p. 71. ( 14 > Ge-weort5ian (wur^ian) to honour, ce'ti'ate ; G. wiirdigen. ( IS ) Feast of unleavened bread. EXTRACTS EXODUS. 115 Jjeorf, swa ic }>e be-bead, on Jjaes monctes tid niwra^) < waestma, Jja ])u ut-fore of Egipta-lande : ne cymst Jju butan aelmyssan( 2 ) on mine ge-syhde. 16. Heald Jja symbel tide J>aes monies frum-sceat- ta( 3 ) Jjines weorces pe Jm on lande saewst, and on geres utgange( 4 ), ponne Jm ge-gaderast J)ine waestmas to- gsedre. 17. prywa on gere aele waepned-man ( 5 ) aet-ywd( 6 ) be- foran Dryhtne(f). 18. Ne off'ra jjii Jnnre on- saegdnesse blod ( 8 ) uppan beorman(9), ne se rysel( 10 ) ne be-lyfd( n ) od morgen( 12 ). 19. Bring Jjine frum-sceattas to Godes huse. 20. Nu ic sende minne engel J>aet he ]>e laede in-to J>spre stowe pe ic ge-gearwode ( 13 ) . 21. Gym( 14 ) his, and ge-hyr his stemne( 15 ), for-pam (!) Nfwe (I.) new; vtog, L. novus, G. neu, D. nieuw. ( 2 ) ^Imysse (1. 3.) alms; (S. awmous ;) gift would here have been better. ( 3 ) First fruits; fruma beginning, sceat (II. 2.) coin, value, profit, <5fc. hence shot, scot : G. schatz treasure. ( 4 ) Ut-gang (II. 2.1 out-going, end ; G. aus-gang. ( 5 ) Lit. weaponed-man ; the common use of this word for mate is a strong proof of the warlike habits of our A. 8. forefathers. ( 6 ) ^Et-ywan (-iah, -eowian)(I. 2.) to appear, show, ifc. ( 7 ) Dryhten (II. 2.) Lord, chief; dryht(II. 3.) troop, band. ( B ) B16d (II. 1.) blood ; G. blut, D. bleed. ( 9 ) Beorme (I. 3.) barm, leuven, leavened bread. ( 10 ) II. 2. fat. (") Be-lyfan (III. 2.) to remain ; G. b-leiben, D. b-lijven. ( 12 ) Morgen, mergen, merigen (II. 2.) morn, morrow ; G.and D. morgen, ( 13 ) Gearwian to prepare, make yare or ready. ( H ) Gyman (I. 2.) to take care of, care for, heed, attend to. ( M ) Stemn = stefn voice ; G. stimme, D. stem 116 ANGLO SAXON GUIDE. he ne for-gifd Jjonne ge syngiad, and mia nama is on him. 22. Ic beo Jjmra feonda fe&nd, 23. And Jje in ge-lsede to Amorrea lande. 24. Ne ge-ead-med ( x ) Jju hira godas, ac to-brec hir^ an-ltcnessa. 25. peowiad Dryhtne : ic ge-bletsie eow, and do selce un-trumnesse fram eow, 26. And ge-ice ( 2 ) eower dagas, 27. And a-flyme( 3 ) Jjine fynd be-foran J)e ; 28. And ic a-sende hyrnetta( 4 ), J>e aflymad: Efeum( 5 ) and Chananeum, 29. Twelf mondum eer Jju in-fare. 31 Ic sette J>me ge-niero( c ) fram Jjare Readan( 7 ) See od Palastinas Sae, and fram J>am westene od Jjset flod. 32. Nafa J>u nane sibbe( 8 ) wid hira godas, 33. py-less hig jje be-swicon(9). (') Ea%-medan (eacl-) (1. 2.) to humble one-self, worship, 6ou; from ea$ and m id. ( 2 ) Ge-fcan (I. 2.) to increase, lengthen, eke out ; fromeac. ( 3 _1 A-flyraan (I. 2.) toput toflight, from fleam flight. ( 4 > Hyrnet hornet. (*) The Hivite ; Vulg. " Hevseum.'' ( 6 ) Ge-msere (III. 1.) boundary ; P. meer. ( 7 ) Read (I.) red ; G. roth, D. rood. ( 6 ) Sib (II. 3.) peace. ( 9 ) Be-swican (III. 2.) to deceive. 117 VII. Saxon Chronicle ( 1 ). *#* The Saxon Chronicle is a series of annals of A. S. affairs, from the earliest times to A.D. 1154, compiled by Monks. Brytene( 2 ) ig-land( 3 ) is eahta hund mila lang and twa hund mila brad; and her sjna^a-.on bam ig-lande fif ge-beoda( 4 ), Englisc, and Bryt-Wylisc( 5 ), and Scytt- isc( 6 ), and Pyhtisc( 7 ), and T56c-ledenl?J. ^E'rost waer bugend(9) bisses landes Bryttas( 10 ) ba comon of _Armo- rica( n ), and ge-saeton ( 12 ) sudan-weard Brytene serost. A.D. 449. Her( 13 ) Martianus and Valentinianus on- fengon rice( u ), and ricsodon seofon winter. On heora dagum Hengest( 15 ) and Horsa fram Wyrtgeorne( 16 ) ge- ]adode( 17 ) Brytta cyninge to fultume, ge-sohton ( 18 ) Brytene on bam stede( 1 9) be is ge-nemned Yp-wines- fleot( ), aerost Bryttum to fultume, ac hi eft( 21 ) on hi( 22 ) (') Taken with some slight changes from the edition of Dr. Ingram, President of Trinity College, Oxford. ( 8 ) II. 2. Britain. ( 3 ) Ig-land, ea-land, (II. 1.) e,iland; G. ei-land, D. ey-land : island has arisen from a confusion with isle, (L, insula, G. insel, F. isle, ile) with which it has no connexion. ^. (*)~Ge-frMSd-(II. 3.) nation. ( 9 ) For buend (II. 2.) naBtlanep. 15. ( 10 ) Brytte (II. 2.) Briton. (") A various reading has Armenia. ( lt ) Ge-sittan (II. 1.) to occupy, settle in. (* 3 ) Here and below means this year. ( 14 ) The Roman Empire. (*; II. 2. Not Hengist as commonly spelt ; horse, G. hengst. Horsa too meant the same. ( ia ) Vortigern. (") Lafcian (I. 1. ) to invite, G. laden. ( 1B ) Secan is here to go to ; comp. the use of L. petere. (") II. 2. Place, stead ; G. statt, stiitte. (*) Ebb's-et in the Isle of Thanet ; fieot stream, creek; fleet is common in locname.asl () Again, afterwards. ( w ) Against them ; in eo 118 ti i ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. fuhton. 45e cin het hi feohtan on-gean Pyhtas, and u- ' j j " u "rj %K}K&WW^ hi swa dydon, and sige( 1 ) hsefdon swa-hwar-swa hi comon. Hf ha sendon to Angle ( 2 ) and heton heom r \ ah*.5L/kc \wi*&J seudan mare fultum, and heom seegan Kryt-Walena( 3 ) nahtnesse ( 4 ), and J>aes landes cysta( 5 ). Hi jja sendon heom mare fultum : Jja cqmon })a men of Jjrym maed'- um Germanic ( 6 ): of Eald-Seaxum( 7 ), of Englum( 8 ;, . of I6tum(9). Of lotum comon Cant ware( 10 ), and Wiht-ware, Jjaet is seo msed( u ) jje mi eardad( 12 ) on Wiht( 13 ), and jjset cyn on West-Seaxum( 14 ; Jje man git hset I6tena-cyn. Of Eald-Seaxum comon Eait- Seaxan( 15 ), and Sud-Seaxan( 16 ), and West!-Seaxan;j Of () II. 2. victory; G. sieg. ( a ) Engle, Angle (Ongle) (II. 2.) country of the Angles, the present Sleswig. ( 3 ) Bryt-Wala (I. 2.) lit. British- HtLhman : the Anglo-Saxons called all not of Gothic race Walan or Wealas, equivalent to strangers or /o- reigners, and the Germans still keep up the same idea, calling the French and Italians Wdlschen, and anything strange or outlandish w'dlsch. (*) Kahtnes (II. 3.) goodness for nought, cowardice. (*) Cyst (II. 3.) choice, excellence ; pi. cystagood things, abundance. ( 6 ) Gen. of Germania ; see p. 13. ( 7 ) Seaxa (1. 2.) Saxon : the Old-Saxon dialect nearly resembled the A. S. ( 8 )Seep. 19. ( 9 ) Iota, luta (1.2); the Jutes occupied the present Jutland, which was bounded to the south by Angle; the Old-Saxons' land, now Holstein, lay still further southward. ( 10 ) Dwellers in Kent: see p. 20. (") = maegfc, p. 5. ( IS ) Eardian to dwell, from card. (>) Or Wiht-land Isle of Wight. ( M ) The West-Saxons occupied Berks, Hants, Wilts, Dorset, and parts of Somerset and Devon. ( ls ) The East-Saxons occupied Essex, as the name implies, Middlesex, and part of Hens. I 16 ) The South-Saxons had Sussex, named after them, and Surrey. EXTRACTS - SAXON CHRONICLE. 119 Angle comon (se a sid-J)an stod westig( 1 ) be-twyx Jpturn and Seaxum) East-Engle( 2 ), Middel-Engle ( 3 ), Mcdrce'f), and ealle Nord-Ymbra( 5 ). * * * A.D. 596. Her Gregorius Papa sende to Brytene Augustinum, mid wel monegum ( 6 ) munucum( 7 ) J>a Godes word sceoldon bodian( 8 ) Angel-cynne. * * A.D. 806/Her & mona a-J>ystrode (9) on kalendis *4 Septembris( 10 ). Ead r wulf Nordan-Hymbra cyniug'Tiftijifci LS*S> e ,. #i> v -#*!R p *s, ' waes oi his n Hagustealdes-e^ 11 ) ford-ferde ( 12 ). Eac on Jjissuin " Ican geare pridie nonas Iunii( 13 ) rode-tacn ( 14 ) weard at-eow,jL 15 ) on Jp&cn mo'nfftt, anes W6dnes-daeges( 16 ), w a ,, (*) East Anglia comprised Norfolk, Suffolk, and Cambridge. ( 3 ) The Middle Angles had Salop, Worcester, Warwick, Gloucester, ( 4 ) Mercia included the remaining midland counties, together Chester, Derby, Nottingham, and Lincoln. ( 5 ) North umbria consisted of York, Lancaster, and the other uort counties : as these were united or divided into two kingdo England formed either a heptarchy or an octarchy. ( 6 ) Very many, a good number. ( 7 ) Munuc (II. 2.) monk} G. monch, L. monachus. ( 8 ) To announce, proclaim, preach ; hence to bode : boda messenger ; G. bote, D. boode. ( 9 ) A-}>ystrian to become dark, be eclipsed, fromjjystru (p. 10.); jsyster dark} G. duster. ( 10 ) Sept. 1.: the Roman name for the day of the month was used sometimes, but not always : see p. 36. ( u ) Heihum. ( 12 ) Went forth, departed, died. ( 13 ) June 4. ( H ) S.gn of the Cross; rod (II. 3.) rood, Cross; tacen token, sign; G. zeichen, D. teeken. ( 1S ) At- for a;t- ; see p. 4. ( l6 ) " Of a Wednesday," as we still say. 120 i ANGLO-SAXC.N GUIDE. innan baure daeingef 1 ): and eft on, biesum fbare 6 o v / > v-r*4M?U_. < tertio kalendas !Septettibris( 2 )>m wundor-hc trendelf 3 ) + -; - i i - T /" * weard at-eowed a-butan baere sunnan. *.ii ' ' And by ylcan geare (A.D. H53.) sende /Eoel-wulf cyning /Elf-red his sunu t6 irtL be sudan Temese/outan "^am^^b'e Tiim j3Elf-red, and ealdor-men ( 15 ), and cyninges ,be^ias oft rgda( 16 ) on- ridon be man na ne rimde^). And Ibaes gearra (*) Daging (see p. 67.) dawn ; dagian to dawn, O. daw. ( 2 ) Aug. 29. ( 3 ) Round, circle : hence to trundle. (*) Leo IV. (*) Stood sponsor to him at Confirmation ; an ancient custom of the Churches; see the 3rd rubric after Confirmation, and thereon Wheatley, e under Dena J Uj3bj^alde wees. And he heold Jjaet rice oder-healf ( 5 ) 2- __ L gear laes ]>e ]?ryttig wintra( 6 ). *** Translated from the Gesta Romanorum, a monkish collection of tales, by whom is not known. This story is the original of the play called " Peri- cles Prince of Tyre." Sod-lice mid-])y-])e Jjaes cynges dohtor ge-seah J>aet Apollonius on ealluni godum craeftum swa wel waes e;e-togen( 8 ), J>a ge-feoll hyre mod on his lufe. Pa sefter Jjaes beorscipes (9) ge-endunoe, cwaed J>aet () Eorl earl. <**; ( 2 ) Namon friiS made peace : frifc (II. 2.) peace ; G. friede. ( 3 ) The Anglo-Saxons reckoned time by nights : of this our se'n-night (seven-night) and fo'rt'night (fourteen-night) are relics. ( 4 ) All Hallows' Mass, Feast of All Saints: msesse I. 3. (*) See p. 36. ( 6 ) See p. 35, note 5. ( 7 ) From Mr. Thorpe's edition, pp. 1719, 2325. ( 8 ) Teogan, (tugan), teon to draw tyc., educate : comp. G. er-ziehen j L. e-ducare from ducere. ( 9 ; Be6r-scipe(11.2.)/east,6anguet; be6r (II. 1.) beer. 1*22 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. rnaeden to pam cynge : Leufa faeder, pii lyfdest me lytle ser pact ie moste gifan Apollonio swa- hwaet-swa ic wolde of pmum gold-horde ( l ). Arces- trates se cyng cwaed to hyre : Gif him swa-hwaet-swa pii wile. Heo pa swide( 2 ) blide( 3 ) ut-eode 1 and cwaed: Lareow Apolloni, ic gife pe be mines faeder leafe twa hund punda( 4 ) guides, and feower liund punda ge-wihte( 5 ) seolfres, and pone msostan dsel( 6 ) deor-wyrdan( 7 ) reafes, arid twentig jjeowa manna. And heo pa }>us cwaect to pam peowum mannum : Beract ]jas ping mid eow p3 ic be-het( 8 ) Apollonio minum lareowe, and lecgad innon bure ( 9 ) be-foran minum freondum. pis weard pa pus ge-don aefter ]>-^re cwene( 10 ) h8bse( u ), and ealle pa men hyre gife heredon pe hig ge-sawon. pa sod lice ge-endode se ge-beorscipe, and pa men ealle a-rison, and gretton Jtone cyng and pa cwene, and baedon hig ge-sunde( 12 ) beon and ham ge-wendon. Eac-swylce( 13 ) Apollonius (') Horcl (II. 2.) hnartl, treasure. (*j SwiS (I.) strong, powerful; awi'Se grenily, v ry ; comp. L. (ralidc) vaMe, F. fort. ( 3 ) BlrSe blithe ; 1). blijde. ( 4 ) Fund (II. l.)7">'"'rf. (*) Ge-wiht(ll. 3.) weight; G.ge-wicbt. ( 6 ) A very great deal. ( 7 ) Precious; deor dear ; G. theurr, D. duur. ( 8 ) Be-hatan (II. 2.) to promise; G. ver-Leissen. ( 9 > Bur (II. 2.) chamber, bower. ( 10 ) Cwen (II. 3.) queen; quean, is likewise from cwen, wliicb meant originally woman ; fvvr}. (") Uses (II. 3.) command, he-hest ; G, gt-lieiss. ('*) Ge-sund sound, whole; bade them fare-well ; L. valers eosjusse- runt. l3 So in like manner. EXTRACTS APOLLO" IUS. 123 cwaecf : pa goda cyning and earmra ge-miltsigend, and bu cwen lare lufigend, beo ge ge-sunde. He be- seah( 1 ) eac to barn beowum mannum be baet mseden him for-gifen( 2 ) haetde, and heom cwaed: to : Psimad: bas J)ing mid eow be me seo cwen for-geaf, and gan we secan ure gaest-hus( 3 ) baet we magon us ge-restan. pa a-dred baet maeden b*t heo nsefre eft Apollonium ne ge-sawe swa hracte swa heo wolde, and code J>a to hyre faeder and cwsedh pu goda cyning, licad: }>e wel ]>aet Apollonius ]>e jjurh us to-daeg ge-godod( 4 ) is, jjus heonon fare, and cuman yfele men and be-reafian hine ? Se cyng cwaed: : Wel ]>u cwsede : hat him findan hwar he hine maege wurd: licost ( 5 ) ge-restan. pa dyde jjaet maederi swa hyre be-boden waes, and Apollonius on-feng Jjsere wununge( 6 ) ]?ehim be-teeht( r ) waBS, and ]jar-in-e6de, Gode ]>ancigende jje him ne for-wyrnde cyne-lices wurdscipes and frofre. Ac jjaet maeden haefde un stille niht mid J)3f:re lufe on-?eled( 8 ) bara worda and sanga he heo ge-hyrde aet Apollonige(9), and na leng heo ne ge-bad jjonne hit daeg was, ac eode sona swa hit leoht ( 19 ) waas, and () Be-se<5n (III. 3.) to lonk, look at. ( a ) For-gifan (II. 1.) to give away, present, forgive. ( 3 ) Inn, guest-house; G. gast-haus. (*) Ge-godian, to endow , enrich ; G. be-gutern. ( 5 ) WurtS-h'c (II.) honourable. ( 6 ) D welling, habitation ; G. wohnung. ( 7 ) Be-tjecan (1. 2.) to commit, assign ; hence betake. ( 8 ) On-; Light ; G. licht. 124 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ge-saet be-foran hyre feeder bedde. pa cwaed se cyng: Leofe dohtor, for-hwy eart bu bus a>.r-wacol (*) ? past maeden cwaech Me a-wehton( 2 ) ha ge-cneordnessa ( 3 ) be ic girstan-dseg( 4 ) ge-hyrde ; nu bidde ic he for- ham baet hu be-faeste( 5 ) me urum cuman Apollonige to lare( 6 ). pa weard se cyng hearle( 7 ) ge-blissod( 8 ), and het feccan Apol Ionium and him to cwaed: Min dohtor gyrnd J)aet heo mote leornian aet he ha ge- sspligan(9) lare he hii canst, and gif hu wilt hisum oingum ge-hyrsum beon, ic swerige he hurh mines .ices maegna( 10 ) haet swa-hwaat-swa hu on see for-lure, ac he haat on land ge-stadelige( n ). pa-ha Apollonius past ge-hyrde, he on-feng ham maedeune to lare, and hyre taehte swa wel swa he sylf ge-leornode. ***** pa waes hyre ge-cyd he har ealdor( 12 ) waas, haet bar wsere cumen sum cyngc( 13 ) mid his adume( 14 ), and mid his dohtor, mid miclum gifum. Mid-ham-he heo ( J ) Early-wakeful ; comp. L. vigil. ( 2 ) A-weccan (I. 2.) to awake (act.) G. er-wecken: the neut. is wacian (I. 1.) orwacan (II. 3.); G. wachen. ( 3 ) Studies, accomplishments. ( 4 ) Yesterday; G. gestern ; comp. L. hestern-us. (*) Be- faestan (I. 2.) to commit, intrust. (*) For instruction. ( 7 ) pearl ( I.) strong ; Dearie very, greatly ; comp. swi'tSe above. ( 8 ) Blissian to > ejoice ; bliss (II. 3.) bliss, joy. ( 9 ) Ge-sffilig(I.) happy, blessed; G.selig: hence silly, O. sely. ( 10 ) Msegen (III. 1.) power. ( n ) Ge-8tai5elian to establish, make good, from statSol station ; whence BtaiSol-ffest stead-fast, <5fc. ( Ia ) Here used for chief priestest. ( l3 ; See p. 5. (") Aum son-in-faic. EXTRACTS APOLLONIUS. , 125 paet ge-hyrde, heo hi sylfe mid cyne-licum reafe ge-fraetwodeC 1 ), and mid purpran ge-scrydde, and hyre heafod mid golde and mid gimmon ( 2 ) ge-glengde ( 3 ), and mid miclum fastnnena ( 4 ) heape ( 5 ) ymb-trymm- ed( 6 ), com to-geanes bam cynge( 7 ). Heo waes sod- lice jjearle wlitig( 8 ), and for bare (9) miclan lufe bare clsennesse hi saedon ealle Jjaet par naere nan Dianan ( 10 ) swa ge-cweme ( n ) swa he&. Mid-bam-be Apollonius pat ge-seah, he mid his ad: urne, and mid his dohtor to hyre urnon, and feollon ealle t6 hyre fotum. and wendon past heo Diana walre seo gyden ( 12 ) for hyre miclan beorhtnesse and wlite. paat hali( 13 ) ern( 14 ) weard pa ge-openod, and ba lac waSron in-ge-brohte ; and Apollonius on-gan pa sprecan and cwedan : Ic fram cild-hade waes Apollo- nius ge-nemned, on Tirum ge-boren. Mid-pam-be (*) Ge-frsetwian to adorn ; fraetu (III. 1.) ornament, fret. ( s ) Gim (II. 2.) gem. ( 3 ) Ge-glengan (I. 2.) to adorn. ( 4 ) Faemne damsel ; L. femina. (*) Hedp (II. 2.) troop, heap ; G. haufe, D. hoop. ( 6 ) Ymb-trymmian to surround, trymmian to strengthen, hence to trim, guard, a garment, &c. ( 7 ) To meet the king ; comp. G. dem konige ent-gegen. ( 8 ) Beautiful; wllte(II. 2.) beauty. ( 9 ) = Jjsere; at p. 5, 1. 1, it should have been stated that is some* times changed to a, as well a to ae. ( I0 ) Dat. of Diana. ( u ) Pleasing, agreeable, from cwuman (cuman) to come; comp. G. be- quern con-venient. ( I2 ) Feminine of god ; see p. 66, and comp. G. gott, gb'tt-in. ( 3 ) =halig, see p. 5. ( l4 ) Ern, sern (II. 1 ) house, room ; see p. 71, n. 7. M 2 126 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ic be-com t& fullon and-gite( J ) ]ja naes nan craeft t>e ware fram cyngum be-gan( 2 ) odcte fram aedelum mannum Jjaet ic ne cucta: ic a-rsedde ( 3 ) Antiochus r<.dels( 4 ) }>aes cynges to-Jjon-jjaet ic his dohtor under- ftnge me to ge-maeccan, ac he sylfa waes mid ]>am fulestan horwe( 5 ) J>ar-to ge-J>eod( 6 ), and me J>a syrwode( r ) to of-sleanne. Mid-Jjam-Jje ic Jjaet for- fleah( 8 ), Tja weard: ic on sae for-liden(9), and com to Cyrenense( 10 ). pa under-fengc me Arcestrates se cyngc mid swa micelre lufe, Jjaet ic set nyhstan( n ) ge-earnode ( 12 ) paat he geaf me his a-cennedan ( 13 ) dohtor to ge-mseccan. Seo for }>a mid me to on- fonne minon cyne-rlce, and ]jas mine dohtor ]>e ic be-foran }>e, Diana, ge-and- weard ( 14 ) haebbe, a-cende on sse, and hyre gast a-let( 15 ). Ic jja hi mid cyne- licum reafe ge-scrydde, and mid golde and ge-write( l6 ) on cisto( ir ) a-iegde( 18 ), Jjast se-]je hi funde hi wurd-lice ( 1 ) And-git (II. 1.) understanding. ( 2 ) Be-gan to exercise, cultivate, attend to. ( 3 ) A-rEedan to rend, guess ; G. er-rathen to guess. ( 4 ) II. 2. riddle; G. rathsel. ( s ) Horu (III. 1.) pollution. ( 6 ) Ge-|ie6dan (I. 2.) tojoin. ( 7 ) Syrwian to plot ; seam (III. 1.) ambush, stratagem. \ B ) For-fle6n to escape, flee from. ( 9 ) Shipwrecked ; HSan (III. 2.) to sail, for-li<5an to sail with ill success, uiffer shipwreck. ( I0 ) Cyrene. (") At last. ( 12 ) Earned, deserved, obtained. ( 13 ) A'-cenned = an-cenned only begotten. ( 14 ) Present. ( Is ) A-laetan = of-laetan to let forth, give up. ( 16 ) Ge-wril (III. 1.) writing, writ, intension. (") Cist (II. 3.) ckest, coffin ; P. kist, G. kiste. ( l8 ) Usual ly-ledej from -lecgan. EXTRACTS APOLLONIUS. 127 be-byrigde( 1 ), and J>as mine dohtor be-fseste pam man- fullestan( 2 ) mannan to fedanne( 3 ). For rae( 4 ) Jja to Egipta-lande feower-tyne gear on heofe( 5 ): ]>a ic on- gean( 6 ) com, pa saedon hi me Jjaet min dohtor wsere ford-faren ( 7 ) ; and me wses min sar ( 8 ) eal ge-ed-niwad. Mid-]>am-pe he J)as jjingc eal a-reht haefde, Arces- trate sod-lice his wif up-a-ras, arid hine ymb-clypte(9). pa niste na Apollonius ne ne ge-lyfde Jjaet heo his ge-maecca( 10 ) wgere, ac sceaf( n ) hi fram him. Heo J>a micelre stefne clypode, and cwsed mid wope: Ic com Arcestrate J>in ge-maecca, Arcestrates dohtor Jjaes cynges, and ]?a eart Apollonius min lareow ])e me Iterdest ! pu eart se for lidena man J>e ic lufode, na for galnesse( 12 ) ac for wis-dome ! Hwar is min dohtor? He be-wende hine ]ja to Thasian ( 13 ) and cwsed : pis heo is; and hig weopon ]>i ealle, and eac blis- sodon. And Jjaet word sprang geond eal J>aet land jjaet Apollonius se msera c^.ngc hsefde funden his wif; and J>a weard or-maete ( u ) bliss, and Jja or- (') (Be-) byrigan to bury. ( 2 ) Man-full wicked; man (II. 1.) wickedness, sin, crime; man-swara man-sworn, perjured man ; G. mein-eid )v /a/4 oath. ( 3 ) To feed, nourish, b i in gup. ( 4 ) Seep. 81. ( 5 ) Hedf, he6f(II. 2.) sigh, groan, grief. ( 6 ) A gain, back again. ( 7 ) Forfc-faran = for%-feran. ( 8 ) Pain, grief, sore. ( 9 ) Ymb-elyppan to embrace, clip round. ( 10 ) Ge-maecca mate serves for both genders ; thus correct n. 9, p. 111. ( u ) Scufan (III. 3.) to shove, puin; U. schieben, D. schuiven. () Lust. ( 13 ) The A. S. dative, like Dianan above and Antiochian below. ( H ) Measureless, immense} from or- and metan to mete, measure; see Additions, &c. 128 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. gana( 1 ) wseron ge-togene( 2 ), and pa byman( 3 ) ge- blawene( 4 ), and par weard" blide ge-beorscipe ge-gear- wod be-twux pam cynge and pam folce. And heo ge-sette hyre gyngran( 5 ) pe hyre folgode to sacerde, and mid blisse and heofe ealre pare msegde on Efe- sum, heo for mid hyre were( 6 ), and mid hyre adume, and mid hyre dohtor to Antiochian, par Apollonio waes pset cyne-rice ge-healden ( 7 ). For ( 8 ) pa sid-pan to Tiium( 9 ) and ge-sette par Athenagoras his adum to cynge ; for pa sod lice panon to Tharsum mid his wife, and mid his dohtor, and mid cyne-licre fyrde( 10 ), and het sona ge-l3eccan( n ) Stranguilionem and Dio- nisiaden, and Igedan be-foran him jjar he seet on his prym-setle( 12 ). (*) L. organum, commonly used in the plural, as organs formerly was. ( 2 ) Lit. drawn ; from some peculiar way either of playing the instru- ment or of blowing the bellows. ( 3 ) Bme trumpet. () Blawan (II. 2.) to blow; G. blaben. (*) Gyngre (j'emale) disciple, follower, lit. younger ; G. j linger is used in the same sense. ( 6 ) Wer (fir) II. 2. man, husband; L. vir ; aior was the Scythian (Herod, iv. 110), and the Celtic dialects have a similar word. ( 7 ) Had been kept for A. ( e ) He, Apollonius went. ( 8 ) Copied probably from the L. "(ad) Tyrum" (as also Tharsum below) ; t<5 seems properly to have always governed the dative. ( 10 ) Fyrd (II. 3.) army, array, march, fyc. ; G. fahrt journey, $c. (") I. 2 to seize, catch. ( la ) Glory-seat, throne; j?rym II. 2., setl III. 1. EXTRACTS BOETIIIUS. 129 IX. Botthius. Cap. xvii. ( J ) %* King JElfred translated Boethius de Consola- tione Philosophise, interweaving much original matter of his own : the following is his expansion of 3 or 4 lines, lib. II. prosa 7. Hu })aet M6d( 2 ) ssede paet him naefre seo maegd and seo gitsung( 3 ) for-wel(*) ne licode( 5 ), butan to lade( 6 ) he tilade (7). pa se Wis-dom pa pis leod:( 8 ) a-sungen hsefde, ]>a ge-swigode ( 3 ) he, and pa and-sworede paet Mod and hus cwsect : Ea-la Ge-scead-wisnes( 10 ) ! hw3et( n ) pu wast paBt me naefre seo gitsung and seo ge-maegd pisses eorct-lican an-wealdes for-wel ne licode, ne ic ealles for-swide ne gyrnde pisses eord-lican rices. Buton la ic wilnode ]>eah and-weorces( 12 ) to pain weorce (') From Mr. Cardale's edition, slightly altered. ( 2 j II. 1. neuter, while G- muth is masculine: another exception to tLe general rule, pp. 8, 9. ( 3 ) II. 3. desire, cnvetousness ; gitsian to covet. ( 4 ) Very well, ton well; for- is sometimes intensive; for-nean well nigh, for-swi$e too much, exc ssively. (*) See p. 86. ( 8 ) Unwillingly ; see p. 70 : laiS (1.) hateful, loathsome. ( 7 ) Tilian (teolian) to toil, till, fyc. : see p. 42. ( 8 ) III. 1. song, lay ; G. lied. ( B ) Swfgian to be silent ; G. schweigen. ( 10 ) Reason, discretion; sceadan (p. 54.) to divide, discriminate, &c ; G. scheiden. ( 11 ) Hwaet, and la (below) are often used as expletives. ('*) And-weorc (II. 1.) matter, material, substance. 130 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. J>e me be-boden waes to wyrcanne ; Jjaet wges Jjaet ic un-fracod-lice( 1 ) and ge-risen-lice ( 2 ) mihte steor- an( 3 ) and reccan( 4 ) J>one an-weald he me be-fsest woes. Hwset "pu wast baet nan mon ne maeg naenne crash cydan( 5 ), ne nanne an-weald reccan ne steor- an, buton tolum ( 6 ) and and-weorce : Jjaet byct aelces crseftes and-weorc, ])33t mon pone crseft buton ( 7 ) wyrcan ne meeg. pset byd Jjonne cyninges and-weorc and his to! mid to ricsianne( 8 ), J>aet he haebbe his land ful-mannod ( 9 ) : he sceal lisebban ge-bed-men ( 10 ), and fyrd-men( n ), and weorc-men. Hwaet bu wast paette butan Jjissum tolum nan cyning his craeft ne tnaeg cycfan. pa?t is eac his and-weorc J>a3t he haebban sceal to Jwm tolum, J>am Iprym ge-ferscip- um ( 12 ) bi-wiste ( 13 ) ; J>aet is J>onne heora bi-wist, land to biigienne ( u ), and gifta( 15 ), and waepna( l6 ), and mete, and ealo( 17 ), and cladas( 18 ), and ge-hwaet (') Fracod (I.) vile, shameful. (*) Ge-risen-lic ( II.)_^t, proper ; hit ge-rist it is Jit, becoming, =L. decet. ( s ) Or styran (I. 2.) to steer, guide, govern; G. steuern, D. stuuren. ( 4 ) I. 3 reckon for, give an account of. ( 5 ) To make known, show forth, practise. ( 6 ; T61 (II. 1.) tonl. ( 7 ) pa-t hfiton without which. ( 8 ) To rule with : ricsian, (rixian) ; L. reg-ere, rex-i. ( 9 ) Mannian to man. ( 10 ) Prayer-men, clergy. ( u ) Army-men, soldiers. ( 12 ) Ge-ferscipe (II. 2 ) company ; ge-fpra companion, 0. fere. ( 13 ) Bi-wit (II. 3 ) provision, food : wist feast, &c. ( 14 ) Bugian=b6an. ( ls ) Gift (II. 3.)g[/t; plur. gifta usually means marriage. ( 16 ) Wpen(IIL 1.) weapon ; D. wapen. () Ealo (-u) (Til. 3. ale. ( l8 ; ClaS (II. 2.) cloth, garment ; G. tleid. EXTRACTS BOETHIUS. 131 bae^ pe J>a breo ge-fe; scipas be-hofiad : ne maeg he buturi hissum "has tol ge-healdan, ne butan Jjissum tolum nan b^ra J>inga wyrcan be him be-boden is to wyrcanne. For-by ic wilnode and-weorces bone an-weald mid to ge-reccenne, baet mine craftas and an-weald ne wurden for-gitene and for-holene ( J ) ; for- b'lm aelc eras ft and selc an-weald byd sona for- am monnum to leefanne J>e se r ter me wseren min ge-mynd( 7 ) on godum weorcum. Cap. xxxiv. 10. *#* A free translation of part of prosa ii. lib. III. pa cwaed ic : Ne maeg ic nane cwice wuht on-gitan Jj'ira be wjte( 8 ) hwaet hit( 9 ) wille odcta hwaet hit nille, J?3 un-ge-ned( 10 ) lyste for-weordan. For-bim aalc wuht wolde beon hal and lybban b'ira pe me cwice (') For-helan (II. 2.) to hide ; G. ver-hehlen. ( 2 ) For-ealdian to wear out, perish from old age. ( 3 ) For-swfgian to pass in silence; G. ver-schweigen ; here and above irnrk the force of for-. ( 4 ) U.-unlly sii-a-liwa;t-swa. ( & ) Folly; dysig foolish, abntrd ; hence dizzy. ( tf ) Worthily, honorably. ( 7 ) II. 1. memory, mind. ( e ) Wite singular agreeing with wuht and not with fiara j?e ; see p. 78. () Hit neut. while wuht is fern. ( 10 ) N6dan=nydan. 132 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. )>incd\ biitan ic nat be treowum, and be wyrtum( 1 ), and be swylcum ge-sceaftum ( 2 ) swylce( 3 ) nane sawle nabbad. pa smearcode ( 4 ) he and cwaed : Ne J)earft Jju no( 5 ) be jjim ( 6 ) ge-sceaftum tweogan( 7 ), ]>e ma be( 8 ) be Wm cdrum. Hu ne miht ]>u ge-seon beet aelc wyrt and aelc wudu( 9 ) wile weaxan on Jjam lande selost( 10 ) pe him betst ge rist, and him ge- cynde( n ) byd aud ge-wune-lic( 12 ), and J>aer J)aer hit ge-fret( 13 ), ]jaet hit hradost weaxan maeg, and latest wealcwigan ( u ) ? Sumra wyrta odde sumes wuda card b{ d" on dunum ( l5 ), sumra on merscum ( l6 ), sumra on morum ( 17 ), sumra on cludum ( 18 ), sumra on barum( 19 ) sondum(' 20 ). Nim J>onne swa wudu swa (') Wyrt (II. 3.) herb, tcart. (*) Ge-sceaft (II. 3.) creatici, creature. ( 3 ) Swylc swylc answers to L. talis quails. (*) Smearcian to srrdrk, smile. (*) N6=nd. ( 6 ) See p. 30. ( 7 ) Tweogan, twe6n (III. 3. See p. 60.) to doubt, from twa ; comp. $ota-%(iv, L. du-bitare, G. zwei-felu, from Soia (Svo), duo, zwei. ( 8 ) Anil more than. ( 9 ;Hl- 2- wood; D. w>ud. ( 10 ) Best : sel good, excellent. (") Kind, kindly, natural: ge-cynd (II. 3.) nature, kind. ('*) Common, usual ; G. ge-wohnlicb. ( 13 ) Where it tikes root, draws nourishment, lit. bites: fretan (II. 1.) (G. fiessen) to eat, devour, fret. ( M ) Fade; G. ver-welken, P. welk. ( u ) Dun (II. 3. ) down, hill, mountain; hence don in local names : G. dime, D. duin, F. dune is a s&nd-hill near the sea. ( 16 ) Mersc (11. 1.)mar>h; P. mesh. ( 17 ) Mor (11. 2.) moor ; D. moer. ( l8 ; Clud (IT. 2.) rork, cliff ('") Bar (II.) bare ; G. bar () Sand, sond (11. 2.) sand EXTRACTS BOETH1US. 133 wyrt, swa-hwasder-swa ]ju wile of j)sere stowe be his eard and aedelo^) byd on to weaxanne, and sete on un-cyndre ( 2 ) stowe hitn, bonne ne ge-grewd hit b*er nauht, ac for-searad ( 3 ) ; for-jram selces landes ge-cynd is, Jjaet hit him ge-lice wyrta and ge-licne wudu tydrige( 4 ); and hit swa ded, fridad( 5 ), and fyrdrad( 6 ) swide georne( 7 ), swa longe swa heora ge- cynd byd, Jjaet hi growan moton. Hwset wenst Jju for-hwy aelc ssed( 8 ) growe innon ba eordan, and to cidum( 9 ) and to wyrt-rumum( 10 ) weorde on J}a.Te eordan, baton for-Jjy Jje hi teohhiad( n ) J>aet se stemn( 12 ) and se helm( 13 ) mote J>y faestor and Ipy leng standan? Hwy ne miht J>(i on-gitan, J>eah -^^ hit ge-seon ne mssge, baet eal se dael, se be bses treowes on twelf moudum ge-weaxed, baet he on- ginnd of bam wyrt-rumum, and swa up-weardes grewd od ]jone stemn, and sid-Jmn and-lang baes pidan( 14 ), and and-lang Jnere rinde( 15 ) od bone helm, and sid-J)an aefter( l6 ) Jjam bogum( 17 ), od-jjast hit "*r^ (') Nature. ( z ) Un-cynde(I.) un-Mtid, unnatural. ( 3 ) For-searian to fade, become sear. ( 4 ) Tydrian to produce, bring forth, from tudor, tudr (II. 2.) offspring, progeny. ( 5 ) Frisian to make flourish, grow well; frifc II. 2. peace, G. friede. (*) FyriSrian to further, forward, assist, from fortS. ( 7 ) Willingly, readily, earnestly ; G. gerne. ( 8 ) Saed (II. 1.) seed ; G. saat, D. zaad. ( 9 ) Ci* (II. 2.) shoot, sprout. ( 10 ) Wyrt-ruma root. (* l ) Teohbian to resolve, endeavour, ( 12 ) Stem, trunk. ( IS ) Crown, head, top, helm-et. ( 14 ) PiJSa pith; D. pit. ( IS ) Rind (II. 3.) rind, bark; G. rinde. ( l ) Abng; like L. secundum. (") Bch (II. 2.) bough. N 134 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ut-a-springd ( l ) on leafum( 2 ), and on blostmum ( 3 ), and on blaedum ( 4 ) ? Hwy ne miht ]>u on-gitan psette aelc wuht cwices byct innan-weard hnescost( 5 ), and utan-weard heardost ? Hweet J>u miht ge-seon hu Jjaet treow byd utan ge-scyrped( 6 ), and be-wsefed( 7 ) mid J)sere rinde wid ]>one winter, and wid J>a stearc- an( 8 ) stormas, and eac wid J>0ere sunnan heeto on sumera( 9 ), Hwa maeg 'past he ne wundrige swylcra ge- sceafta lires Sceoppendes( 10 ), and huru( n ) J>aes Sceopp- endes ? And "jjeah we his nu wundrien, hwylc ure maeg a-reccan( ic ) medem-lice ( 13 ) ures Sceoppendes willan, and an-weald, hii his ge-sceafta weaxad: and eft waniad( 14 ) ponne pses tima( 15 ) cymd", and of heora sade weordad eft ge-ed-niwade( 16 ), swylce hi Jjonno wurdon to ed-sceafte ( 17 ) ? ( J ) U t-a-sprinp;an (III. 1.) to spring, shoot out, (*) Leaf (II. !.)/*/; G. laub. (*) Blostm (II. 2.) blossom ; D. bloessem. ( 4 ) Blred (II. 3.) fruit, branch; G. blatt, D. blad fe,//, blade. ( 5 ) Hnesc (I.) soft, tender, nesh. ( 6 ) Ge-scyrpan (I. 2.) to scarf, cover ; sceorp (II. 1.) scarf. ( 7 ) Be-waefan (I. 2.) to clothe ; waefels garment. ( 8 ) Stearc (I.) stark, strong, violent ; G. stark. ( 9 ) See p. 15. ( 10 ) Sceoppend or Scyppend (p. 5.) Creator; scyppan to create; G. scliaffen, schbpfen, D. scheppen. (") At least, at all events. ( 12 ) Reckm, tell up. ( 13 ) Fitly, worthily ; medeme middling, moderate, meet. ( 14 ) Wanian to wane, from wana want. ( 15 ) The season for that. ( IS ) See p. 42. ( r ') td-sceaft (II. 3. ) new creation : at if they then became neicly created. CHAPTER IX. VERSE EXTRACTS. I. Narrative Verse. Anglo-Saxon Poetry is of various kinds, distinguished by rime, by alliteration, or by both ; the commonest however only, termed Narrative Verse, will be here de- scribed. Its chief characteristic is Alliteration^}, or the correspondence of the first letters of a certain num- ber of the most important words in each line of a couplet, two called sub-letters riming thus together in the first line, and answering to a third called the chief letter in the second. The first line has often but one sub-letter and never more than two ; the second never more than one chief letter. The length of the lines varies much, each however must contain at least two emphatic or root syllables, with one or more unemphatic, that is pre- fixes, terminations, &c : few lines have less than four syllables, two emphatic, and two unemphatic, and some (') Alliteration is found in the Latin poetry of the middle ages, some- times combined with line and final rime, and syllabic metre ; it was used more or less in England along with other kinds of rime till a late period, and is still usual in the Scandinavian tongues. The Vision of Piers Plouh- man (1350) is a long and regular specimen of English alliterative poetry, on the above rules. For a full account of the A.S. versification, see Rask'a Grammar, pp. 13668. 136 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. have as many as eight or nine, or even more. For ex- ample (*) : Hu /omp( 2 ) eow on How befell it you on your Zade ( 3 ) voyage /eofa Beo-wulf, dear Beowulf, ]?a }>u /seringa when thou suddenly feor ge-hogodest far off determinedst ,aecce( 4 ) secean warfare to seek ofer sealt waeter, over the salt water, 7alde( 5 ) to //eorote ( 6 ) ? battle at Heorot? Ac ])u .Z/roct-gare Hast thou then Hrothgar wid" cudne wean ( r ) against his known plague w?ihte ge-bettest( 8 ), ought booted, meerum Jjeodne (9) ? the famous prince ? Here the first couplet has in the first line two sub- letters, the I in Zomp and Zade, answering to the chief letter, the I in Zeofa in the second. The third line has but one sub-letter, the f in /seringa which rimes with (V) Be6wulf, ed. Kemble 1. 396979. ( 2 ) Limpan (III. 1.) to happen. ( 3 ) Ladu (III. 3.) lie Aer wunad. him that here dwelleth. pa ge-trorhte he Jmrh his Then wrought he through MJis-dom his wisdom tyn engla M?erod. ten legions of angels. To-swreop hine and to- He swept and dashed it stt;ende away purh his sw?idan miht. through his strong migjit. py-laes J>u for-^eorde Lest thou perish mid ]?issum waer-logan ( 2 ) with these false ones. Se-J>e aet-/eohtan Who to fight /rum-garum ( 3 ) with the patriarchs (') Rfin (II. 3.) a secret, mystery, letter, hieroglyph; here the hand- writing on the wall : hence to round, whisper ; G. raunen. ( 2 ) Waer-loga a breaker of faith ; hence war lock : waer (II. 3.) a pro- mise, compact, loga a Iyer, from leogan to lye. ( a ) Gdr (II. 2.) a (missile) weapon, tpear (=L. telum), chief; it forms part of many proper names., as Gar-mund, Ead-gar Et/gar, fyc. EXTRACTS NARRATIVE VERSE. 139 pa hie gaelp-sceadan ( l ) Since them those braggart- rebels of-^ifen haefdon. had given up. Sid-pan hie /eondum After they the foes od-/aren haefdon. had escaped. Geond-/blen /yre and /8er-cyle( 2 ). Filled through with fire and intense cold. TFylm ( 3 ) purh-wodon ( 4 ) They the flame had passed through swa him wiht ne sceod so that them no whit hurt Big (bi), on, ofer, ymb, sometimes rime and some- times do not ; as, And Jegen pa ieornas And both the warriors J>e him big -stodon. who stood by him. Big-sZandad me Grange Stand by me strong com- ge-neatas( 5 ) rades pa ne willad me set ]jam who will not fail me at .stride ( 6 ) ge-swican. the strife. (') Gilp (II. 2.) boast ; sceafca enemy, robber, fyc. (*) Faer (II. 2.) stratagem; in composition it implies suddenness, danger, or the like ; fer-lic dangerous ; G. ge fabr danger, ge-fahr-lich dangerous. Cyle II. 2. ; hence chill ; G. kiihle. ( 3 ) Wylm (II. 2.) heat, boiling (= L. zestus) ; welan, weallan to boil ; G. wallen. ( 4 ) Wadan (II. 3.) to go ; L. vadere. (*) Ge-neat ; G. ge-noss, D. ge-noot. ( 6 ) StiHS (II. 2.) G. streit, D. strijd. 140 paet we ]>aer eagum on-16ciact. On-Aycgad nd Aalige mihte. ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. What we there with our eyes look upon. Think now on the holy might. And Jjurh ofer-metto sohton oder land. Uton ofer-Aycgan Jjone miclan. j/mb-hwyrft and wp-rodor( 2 ). .Heofon ymb-Aweorfest, and jjurh Jjine /ialige miht And through pride they sought another land. Let us despise the great Supreme. Earth's circuit and the upper sky. Thou compassest heaven, and through thy holy might And-, un-, ed-, in, to, &c. are deemed emphatic and therefore rime ; as, Him then Adam answered. Him J>a and-swarode. C/h-lytel djl eordan ge-sceafta. No little part of earth's creatures. (') Helm is the top of anything ; see p. 133, n. 13. O Rodor (II. 2.) heaven, iky. EXTRACTS NARRATIVE VERSE. Ne hi ed-cerres( 1 ) Nor they for return moton wenan. ever could hope. Hsefde ]ja se ornas( 6 ), fern, and thorns, arid fyrsas, swa-same( 7 ) and furzes, as also weeds, weod ( 8 ), (') Cer, cyr (II. 2.) turn ; hence char a turn of work ; cyrran to turn, re-turn; G. kehren. ( 2 ) Adverb formed from the dative plural ; see p. 70. Comp. G. ein- ge-denk mindful, thoughtful*- ( 3 ) Starian ; G. starren, D. staaren. ( 4 ) Chiefly from the Rev. S. Fox's edition. (*) P. vearn, G. farn-kraut. () porn j G. dorn. ( 7 ) Same is connected with our same. (*) Weod (II. 1.) D. wied. 142 ANGLO-SAXON Of 1 ba be willad: wel-hwaer( J ) derian claenum hwaete, by-laes he cida-leas( 2 ) liege on baem lande. Is leoda( 3 ) ge-hwaem beds odru bysen efn be-hefe( 4 ) ; baet is baette binced( 5 ) begna ge-hwylcum huniges( 6 ) beo-bread healfe by swetre, gif he hwene( T ) air huniges teare( 8 ), bitres on-byrgact Byct eac swa-same monna aeg-hwylc micle by faegenra lides(9) wedres( 10 ), gif hine lytle ser stormas ge-stondad( n ), that will everywhere hurt the clean wheat, lest it germ-less lie on the land. Is to all people this other example even as needful; that is that seemeth to every man honey's bee-bread half the sweeter, if he a little ere the honey's drop, something bitter tasteth, Is eke in like wise every man much the gladder of fair weather, if him a little ere storms assail, ( J ) Wei prefixed is intensive ; wel-oft very often, wel-hraSe very won. ( 2 ) CiS shoot, g>-owth of any hind ; hence kid, used either of a child or a young animal : comp. the uses of imp, scion, sprig, &c. ( 3 ) Le6de people, persons ; G. leute, D. lieden. ( 4 ) Be-h6fian to need, be-hove. (*) See Additions, &c. ( 6 ) G. honig. ( 7 ) Hwene, hwon a tittle, S. a wheen. ( 8 ) Tear (II. 2.) tear ; G. zahre. ( 9 ) Li^Se tender, mild, lithe ; G. linde : observe the n dropped and the vowel lengthened, and see p. 2, and Additions, &c, ( 10 ) Weder (II. 1.) G. wetter, D. weder. { ll ) Observe the force of ge- j see p. 64. EXTRACTS BOETII1US. 113 and se stearca( 1 ) wind nordan and eastan. Nsenigum puhte daeg on ponce ( 2 ), gif seo dimme niht ser ofer eldum( 3 ) egesan( 4 ) ne brohte. Swa pined: anra ge-hwsem eord-buendra seo sode ge-sseld( 5 ) simle pe betere, and py wynsumre, pe he wita ma, heardra hsend:a( 6 ), her a-dre&ged( 7 ). pu meaht eac micle J>y ed on mod-sefan scde ge-seelda sweotolor ge-cnawan, and to heora cydde( 8 ) be-cuman sid-Jjan, gif ])d up-a-tyhst and the violent wind from north and east. To none would seem the day delightful, if the dim night before over men terror had not brought. So seemeth to every one of the earth-dwellers the true happiness ever the better, and the winsomer, as he more plagues, and hard afflictions, here suffereth. Thou mayst eke much the easier in thy mind true happinesses clearlier know, and to their country come afterwards, if thou pluckest up (') Stearc stark, strong ; G. stark, D. sterl. ( 2 ) pone (}>anc) (II. 2.) thank ; G. dauk : comp. L. gratiae and gratus. ( 3 ) Eld, yld (II. 2.) man, human being. (*) Egesa = ege awe, dread. (*) II- 3. from s61, sail good. (*) Hjenfcu (h$rnfcu) III. 3. ; bean abject, miserable. ( 7 ) (A- )dre6gan (III. 3.) to suffer; S. dree. (") C^fcSu (III. 3.) also acquaintance, knowledge, hence kith. 144 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. jerest sona,. arid jju a-\vyrt-walast of ge-wit-loc.m^) lease ge-spelcta, swa swa loudes-ceorl ( 2 ) of his aecere list( 3 ) yfel weod monig. ^id: Jjan ic }je secge ])get J>u sweotole meaht sode ge-saelda sona ori-cnuwan( 4 ), and J)ii eefre ne recst aniges J>inges o.-ei ]ja ane, gif J)u hi ealles on-gitst. first forthwith, and thou rootest out of thy understanding false happinesses, as the husbandman off his field gathers many an evil weed. Afte. wards I say to thee t! at thou clearly mayst true happinesses soon recognise, and thou never wilt reck for anything above them alone, if thou them quits under- standest. (') (Ge-) wit (II. 1.) wit, locufold, lacker, place shut or locked up. ( y ) Ceorl man (free not noMe ) kin,t>a na , chu.-ti S. carl; (i. ktri. ( 3 ) Lesan (II. 1.) to gather, pick; hence tease, to glean. G. lesen to gutter read ; com p. L. legere. ^ 4 ) Comp. G. ev-kenuen. 145 III. Ca gyt The earth was then yet grsese un-grene; with grass not green; (') From Mr. Thorpe's edition, more literally translated. (*> See p. 133. n. 13. ( 3 ) Rfini wide, roomy (*) G. frau (noble) woman, lady is connected with frea. O I4R ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. gar-secg( J ) peahte, sweart( 2 ) sin-nihte, side( 3 ) arid wide, wonne( 4 ) wegas. pit vvaes wuldor-torht heofon-weardes gast ofer holm( 5 ) boren miclum spedum ( 6 ) : Metod(7) engla heht, lifes Brytta( 8 ), leoht ford"-cuman ofer rumne grund( 9 ). Racte waes ge-fylled heah-cyninges hses; him waes halig leoht ofer westenne, swa se Wyrhta be-bead. pa ge-sundrode sigora ( 10 ) Waldend ofer lago flode leoht wid J)eostrum ( n ), ocean covered, swart in eternal night, far and wide, the dusky ways. Then was the glory-bright heaven's Guardian's spirit over the deep born with great speed: the Creator of angels bade, life's Distributor, light come forth over the wide abyss. Quickly was fulfilled the high King's behest; for him was holy light over the waste, as the Maker commanded. Then sundered the Ruler of triumphs over the water-flood light from darkness, (') An obscure mythological word ; gar (II. 2.) weapon, secg man, warrior. ( 8 ) Black, swart, swarthy; G. schwarz, D. zwart. (*) Sfd wide. ( 4 ) Won, wan iron, dark. ( 5 ) Holm means also an islawd in the sea ; Steep-holm, Born-holm, &ic. ( tf ) Sped (II. 3.) success, prosperity, speed; D. speed. ( 7 ) From metan to mete, measure: He who "measured the waters, and meted out heaven." ( 8 ; Bryttiaii to distribute. ) II. 2. ground, bottom, depth; G. grund. /*) Sigor (II. 2.) = sige victory. (>') peostru = ^stru. EXTRACTS C^DMON. sceade( 1 ) wict sciman( 2 ) sceop Jja bam, naman, lifes Brytta. Leoht waes serest Jmrh Dryhtnes word daeg ge-nemned ; wlite-beorhte ge-sceaft I Wei licode Frean aet frymcte( 3 ) ford-bare ( 4 ) tid. shade from brightness; created then for both, names, life's Distributor. Light was first through the Lord's word day named ; beauty-bright creation ! Well pleased the Lord at the beginning the teeming time. Part of Book I. Canto XVI. pa to Euan God yrringa ( 5 ) spraec : Wend( 6 ) J>e from hii scealt wsepned-men wesan on ge-wealdej mid weres egsan hearde ge-nearwad ( 8 ), hean, Jjrowian(9) Jjinra daeda ge-dwild( 10 ) Then to Eve God angrily spake: Turn thee from joy; thou shalt to man be in subjection ; with fear of thy husband hardly straitened, abject, suffer for thy deeds' error (') For sceadwe ; sceadu (-0) (II. 2.) G. schatte. C a ) Scima light, skimmer. ( 3 ) Frymfc (II. 2.) (*) Lit. forth-bearing. (*) See p. 70 1 ; from yrre (II. 2.) ire, anger; L. ira. ( 6 ) Wendan to turn, wend, go ; G. wenden. ( 7 ) Wjrn (II. 3.) pleasure ; G. wonne. ( e ) Ge-nearwian, from nearu to make narrow, afflict, oppress. < 9 > Hence throe. ( l ) II. 3. dwelian to err. 148 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. deades bidan ; death abide ; and Jjurh wop( 1 ) and heaf, and through weeping and moan, on woruld cennan( 2 ), ])urh sar( 3 ) micel, sunu and dohtor. A-bead eac Adame ece Diyhten, lifes Leoht-fruma, lad aerende ( 4 ) : pu oceait oderne edel( 5 ) secean, wyn-leasran wic, and on wraec( 6 ) hweorf- an ('), ^ nacod ( 8 ), nied-waedla ( 9 ), neorxna-wanges ( 10 ) dugedum be-deeled : ]je is ge-dal witod( n ) lices( 12 ) and sawle. into the world bear, through much pain, son and daughter. Announced eke to Adam the eternal Lord, Author of life's light, the dire errand: Thou shalt another country seek, a joylesser dwelling, and into exile go, naked, a needy beggar, of Paradise's blessings deprived : to thee is a parting de- creed of body and soul. (*) II. 2. hence whoop. (*) I. 2. comp. ytveiv, L. genere : ( 3 ) II. 1. sore. ( a ) II. 2. native country, home. ( 7 ) III. 1. to turn, return, go. () G. nackt. ( 10 _) Neorxna-wang (II. 2.) a word of doubtful etymology ; wang is plain, fold. (") Witian to decide, decree ; hence witod-lfce. ( 1Z ) Lie (II. 1.) corpse, dead body; G. leich, D. lijk : hence /icfc-gate to a Churchyard, Me-wake watching a corpse, 8cc. hence to kindle. ( 4 ) III. 1. from ar messenger. ( 6 ) II. 3. 9 Nied = ne6d. r XT R ACTS CffiDMON. 149 llwset! bu lad-lice wrohte ( J ) on-stealdest ; for-]) on Ipd wmnan( 2 ) scealt, and on eordan Jje Jjlne and-lifne( 3 ) selfa ge-rsecan ( 4 ), wegan ( 5 ) swatig ( 6 ) hleor(7), J)';nne hlaf etan, benden J)ii her leofast, od-Jjset J>e to heortan hearde griped ( 8 ) adl( 9 ) un-lide, Jje Jm on aeple( 10 ) ser selfa for-swulge ( n ) ; for-pon ]>u sweltan scealt. Hwaet! we nu ge-hyrad Lo ! thou foully crime didst commit; therefore thou shalt la- bour, and on earth to thee thy livelihood thyself obtain, wear a sweaty face, thy bread eat, while thou here livest, until thee at heart hardly gripeth ungentle ailment, which thou in the apple erst thyself swallowedst down; therefore thou shalt die. Lo! we now hear () Wr6ht (II. 3.) ; wregan to accuse; comp. L. crimen. ( 2 ) Winnan (III. 1.) to battle, struggle, toil, also to win; ge-winn la- bour, &c. ( 3 ) And-lifn II. 3. ( 4 ) I. 2. lit. reach; G. reiclien, D. reiken. ( s ) II. 1. to wag, move, bear ; hence weeg wey (weight), wzeg waie, Wsegn wagon. ( 6 ) Sw^t (II. 2.) sweat ; G. schweiss, D. zweet. ( 7 ) II. 1. jaw, cheek; hence countenance, complexion, 0. lere. ( 8 ) Gripan (III. 2.) G. greifen, D. grijpen. () 11. 3. ail, disease. (') ^Epl, aeppel (If. 2.) G. apfel, D. appel. (") For-swelgan (III. 1.) to devvur; G. ver-schwelgen. o 2 150 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hwaer us hearm-stafas (*) wrsede( 2 ) on-wocon( 3 ), and woruld-yrmcto( 4 ). Hie Jja wuldres Weard waedum( 5 ) gyrede, Scyppend usser, het heora sceome( 6 ) J>ecc- an, Frea, frum-hraegle ; het hie from-hweorfan neorxna-wange on nearore lif. Him on laste( 7 ) be-leac( 8 ) lictra and wynna hyht-fulne (9) ham, halig engel, be Frean haese, fyrene( 10 ) sweorde. Ne mseg jjeer iuwit-ful ( n ) aenig ge-feran, where to us sorrow in wrath up-sprang and worldly misery. Them then glory's Keeper with weeds provided, our Creator, bade their shame hide, the Lord, with the first garment ; bade them depart from Paradise into a narrower life. Behind them locked up of comforts and joys the hopeful home, a holy angel, by his Lord's behest, with fiery sword. May not there guileful any journey, (') Hearm (II. 2.) grief, harm, calamity ; G. harm. Stafas (plur. of Btsef ) forms the second part of several poetical compounds ; as, ende-stafaa end, dr-stafas honour, &c. (*) WrasS II. 3. ( 3 ) On-wacan (II. 3.) to awake, arise, be born. (*) III. 3. from earm poor. (') W&d (III. 1.) weed, garment. () Sceamu (III. 3.) G. scham. ( 7 ) Last (II. 2.) footstep. () Be-lucan III. 3. () Hyht (II. 3.) hope. (">) F^ren of fire. ( u ) Inwit (II. 1.) deceit, treachery. EXTRACTS CJEDMOJI 151 wom-scyldig ( l ) mon ; ac se weard hafad miht and strengdo( 2 ), se Jjaet m?ere lif dugedum( 3 ) deore, Dryhtne healded. No hwaedre ^El-mihtig ealra wolde Adam and Euan arna(*) of-teon, Faeder set Frymde, ]?9ah he him from- swice ( 3 ) ; ac he him to frofre let hwaedre ford-wesan hyrstedne( 6 ) hrof( 7 ) halgum tunglum( 8 ), and him grund-welan (9) ginne sealde; stain-guilty man, but the keeper hath might and strength, who that exalted life to the good dear, for the Lord holdeth. Not however the Al- mighty of all would Adam and Eve means deprive, the Father from the be- ginning, though he from them ha-1 withdrawn ; but he to them for solace let nevertheless continue forth the adorned roof with holy stars, and them earth-riches ample gave; (') Worn (II. 2.) upot, defilement. (> Strens*o (-u) (III. 3. ; = strengfc II. 3. ( 3 ) Dugufc (II. 3.) virtue, benefit, nobility, chief men ; from dugan. ( 4 ) A'r (II. 3.) honour, wealth, &c. ; nouns of this class sometimes hara a simple or weak genitive plural. ( 5 ) Swi'can (III. 2.) to cease, depart from. ( 8 ) Hyrst (II. 3.) ornament. ( 7 ) II. 2. D. roef. (") Tungel(III. I.) heavenly body. ( 9 ) Wela weal, wealth. 152 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. het Jmm sin-hiwum( ] ) sses and eorcfan tuddor teondra( 2 ), teohha( 3 ) ge-hwylces to woruld-nytte ( 4 ) waestmas fedan( 5 ). Ge-ssuton J>a sefter synne sorg-fulre land, card and edel un-spedigran ( 6 ) fremena( 7 ) ge-hwylcre Jjonne se frum-stol ( 8 ) wses ]>e hie aefter dsede of-a-drifen wurdon. bade the pairs of sea and earth producing offspring, of every substance to worldly use fruits bring forth. They occupied then aftei their sin a sorrowfuller land, a dwelling and home more barren of every good thing than the first seat was which they after that deed were driven from. (') Sin-hfwa mate, partner. (*) Teon to draw, pro-duce. ( 3 ) Te6h (te6g) III. 1. stuff, material; G. teug. ( 4 ) Nyt(II. 3.) G. nutz, D. nut. ( 5 ) Comp. L. fet-us, &c. ( 6 ) Spedig wealthy. ( 7 ) Freme(I. 3.) advantage, benefit. (*) StCl (II. 2.) G. stuhl, D. stoel ; hence stool. 153 IV. Beowulf^}. *^.* The celebrated poem from which the following extracts are taken, relates the exploits of the hero Beo- wulf, King of the Weder-Geats or Angles, about the middle of the 5th century. The author is unknown, and no mention of Britain occurs ; the present text is supposed to date from the 7th century. Part of Canto V. ( 2 ) Street ( 3 ) wses stan-fah, The street was variegated with stories, stig( 4 ) wisode( 5 ) the path guided gumum aet-gsedere ; the men together ; guct-byrne ( 6 ) scan, the war-corslet shone, heard, hond-locen ( 7 ) ; hard, hand-locked ; hring-iren ( 8 ) scir the ring-iron bright song in searwum (9), sang in their trappings, ha Me to sele( 10 ) furdum, when they to the hall for- ward, (') From Mr. Kemble's edition ; the translation has been adapted to read line by line. . ( 2 ; Line 637676. ( 3 ) II. 3. L. strata (via) G. strasse, D. straat. (*) II. 3. G. steig, hence etigan to go, mount. (*) Wisian to show, direct, governing the dative ; G. weisen. ( 8 ) G6* II. 3. ; byrne (I. 3.) 0. birnie. ( 7 ) Clasped, closed by the hand, ( 8 ) Hring (II. 2.) G. ring : iren (fsen) (III. 1.) G. eisen. The corslet was ass recedes weal. Bugon ]ja to bence, byrnan hringdon, gud-searo gumetia; garas stodon s?e-manna searo samod aet-gaedere, aesc-holt( 5 ) ufan graeg( 6 ) : wses se iren-preat wsepnutn ge-wurdad. pa paar wlonc heeled ( 7 ) oret-mecgas ( 8 ) sefter hseledum fraegn : Hwanon ferigead: ge in their terrible harneoS, proceeded to go. The sea-weary men set their wide shields, their very hard bucklers, by the house wall. They turned then to a bench, their corslets laid in a ring, the war-trapping of men: their javelins stood sea-men's arms all together, ash-wood above gray : the iron-crowd was by the weapons honoured. Then there a proud war- rior the sons of battle after the heroes asked: Whence bear ye (') Gr$rre(II. 2.) horror ; comp. G. es grauet, O. it grews. Geatwe (ge-tawe)(I. 3.)=searu. ( 2 ) G. mlide. ( 3 ) Rand (rond) edge (G. rand), shield. ( 4 ) Regen- is an intensive prefix. ( 5 ) -fEsc (II. 3.) G. esche ; holt (II. 1.) holt ; G. holz, D. bout. () G. grau. (7) ii. 2. G. held. ( 8 ) Mecg (masg) kins-man, son, man, connected with maeg, and maga, and all with Mac-. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. 155 faatte scyldas, grsege syrcan( 1 ), and grim-helmas ( 2 ) , here-sceafta( 3 ) heap? Ic eom Hrod-gares ar and ora-biht ( 4 ) : ne seah ic el-jjeodige J)us manige men modig-licran : wen( 5 ) is Jjset ge for wlenco ( 6 ), nalles for wraec-sidum ( 7 ) ac for hyge-])rymmum ( 8 ) 3 H rod-gar sohton. your thick shields, gray shirts, and visor-helms, your war-shafts' heap? I am Hrothgar's messenger and servant : never saw I foreign thus many men haughtier : I ween that ye for pride, not for exile but for magnanimity, have sought Hroth^ar. Part of Canto XX II. (9) Beo-wulf madelode ( 10 ), beam Ecg-Jjeowes : Ge ]>enc nu se meera maga Healf-denes, Beowulf harangued, son of Ecgtheow : Consider now thou the famous son of Healfdene, ( ' ) Syrce (I. 3.) S. sark ; gray shirts of iron chain-mail. (*) Grime (II. 2.) mask, part of the helmet covering the face. ( 3 ) Sceaft (II. 2.) G. schaft. ( 4 ) Om- (am-) bihtu office ; G. amt. (*) (II. 3.) hope, expectation : wen is there is reason to suppose, ( 6 ) Wlenco (III. 3.) from wlanc proud. ( 7 > Wraec (II. 3.) exile, &c. ; si$ journey. ( 8 ) Hyge (II. 2.) mine/, hycgan (hogian) to think; )jrym (II. %.)ghry. ( 9 ) Line 2945-2998. ( 10 ) Weel (II. 1.) discourse, speec 156 ANGLO-tfAXON GUIDE. snottra( 1 ) fengel, nu ic com sides fus, gold-wine ( 2 ) gumena, hwaet wit geo spracon; gif ic set pearfe pinre sceolde a Id re linn an, past ]>u me a waere ford-ge-witenum, on feeder staele ( 3 ). Waes pu mund-bora ( 4 ) Tnir.um mago p?gnum, hond-ge-sellum ( 5 ), gif mec hild nirae. Svvylce pu pa madmas( 6 ) ]je pu me sealdest, H rod-gar leofa, Hige-lace on-send: prudent chief, now I am ready to de- part, patron of men, what we two erst spake ; if I at thy need should from life cease, that thou to me ever wouldst be departed, in a father's stead. Be thou a protector to my kindred thanes, my near comrades, if me battle should take. Likewise do thou the treasures that thou gavest me, Hrothgar dear, to Higelac' send : ( 1 ) Snotor prudent ; definite form, se heine: understood. ( 2 ) Gold- implies splendour, munificence ; wine (II. 2.) friend forms part of many proper names : Tnim-wine, Ead-wine, Eilwin, &c. ( 3 ) Stl(Il. 2.) hence stall; G. stelle. ( 4 ) Mund ( 1]. 3 ) pratei-tinn , forming part of several proper names ; f8 O's-mund, Sigemund (G. Siegmund) Sigismund, &c. : bora (from beii.n^ mie irho bears ; the second part of several compounds. ( s ) Lit. hnnd- comrades; ge-sel (II. 2.) G. ge-selle. (*) Ma^S^um, maSm / madm treasure, gift. EXTR ACTS BEOWULF. 157 trioeg jjonne on Jjum golde on-gitan Geata dryhten, ge-seon sunu Hredles Jjonne he on jjset sine starad, beet ic gum-cystum ( l ) godne funde beaga ( 2 ) bryttan ; breac bonne moste. And bii Hun-ferd laet ealde lafe ( 3 ), w raet-lic ( 4 ) weeg-s weord ( 5 ) , wid-cudne man, heard-ecg ( 6 ) habban. Ic me mid HruntingeO dom ge-wyrce, otfde mec dead mmed. JEfter baem wordum may then by the gold understand the lord of the Geats, Hrethl's son see \vhen he at the treasure stareth, that I in his munificence found a good distributor of rings; / enjoyed it while J might. And do thou let Hun- ferth the old bequest, the ornamented wave- sword, the wide-known man, the hard edged have. I me with Hrunting glory will work, or me death shall take. After those words (*) Cyst (II. 3.) choke, excellence, the best of a thing ; from cpo*an. t ( a ) Beah (II. 2.) ring; F. bague : from beogan, bugan to bow, bend/ Rings whether for the arm (earm-be&Li), or neck (heals-beah), were usual gifts from an A. S. or Scandinavian chief or prince to his followers. ( 3 ) Lif (II. 3.) leaving, relic, heir-loom, as swords often were. ( 4 ) Wnet embossed or carved ornament. (*) Wg (II. 3.) wave ; G. woge, F. vague : adorned with wavy Hn?s as blades still are. ( 6 ) ECJ? (II. 3.) edge ; G. ecke. \J ) Hrunting was the name of Be6wulfs famous sword. 158 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Weder-Geata leod the Wecler-Geats' prince efste tnid elne( 1 ), hastened with boldness, oa-lses and-sware nor answer bidari wolde : \vould bide : brim-wylm on-feng the ocean-tide received hilde-rmce( 2 ). the man of war. Part of Canto XX VI I. (') Cwom ( 4 ) ]ja to flode Came then to the floor 1 fela modigra many proud heeg-stealdra ( 5 ), bachelors, hringnet( 6 ) bseron, who ring-nets bore, locene leodo-syrcan ( 8 ). locked limb-shirts. Land-weard ou-faud The land-guard found out eft-sId eorla, the return of the warriors, swa he ser dyde ; as he ere had done ; no he mid hearme not with insult did he of hlides( 8 ) nosan(9) from the cape's point gsestas ne grette, the guests greet, ac him to-geanes radj but to meet them rode, (') Ellen (II. 1.) courage, valour. (*> Rinc(II. 2.)wian,uarrior. () Line 3772 SB'S. ( 4 ) Fela usually governs a genitive plural, while the verb often stands in the singular. (*) Hwg-steald (II. 2.) G. hagp-stolz ; the genitive plural in -ra SPMTIS to show that this word was originally a participle past ; aud " hwg-steald mon'' occurs. ( 6 ) Another allusion to the n'H*-" f heir mail. ^_^ ( 7 ) Li, leo (III. 1.) G. glied, D. lid. ( 9 ) Hli (II. 1.; lid, covering, cliff. () Nose I. 3. EXTRACTS BEOWULF. cwa?d tyeet wil-cuman Wedera leodura, scalcas^) on scir-hame ( 2 ) t6 scipe foron. pa waes on sande sre-geap naca( 3 ) hladen here-wsedum, h ringed stefna(*), inaerum and madmum ; rnaest hlifade ofer Hrod-gares hord-ge-stre6num( 5 ) : he Jjaera bat-wearde ( 6 ) bunden golde swurd ge-sealde, Jjaet he sld-Jjan waes on meodu-berice( 7 ) madma ]jy weordre, yrfe-lafe. Ge-wat him on nacan quoth that welcome to the people of the Wed- ers, men in bright mail to their ship went. There was on the sand the sea-curved bark laden with war-weeds, the ringed vessel, with horses and gifts ; the mast lifted itself over Hrothgar's hoarded treasures: he to the boat -ward bound with gold a sword gave, so that he afterwards was on the mead-bench for the gifts the worthier, the heir-loom. He departed in the ship ( ! ) Scealc, scale man, servant &c. ; G. schalk rngne. Mearh-scealc officer #c. having the care of the horses (raearh horse) ; heuce mar-shaL ( J ) Ham (hama) covering, here armour. ( 3 ) Corap. G. nachen, F. nacelle. ( 4 ) Stefn (stemn) (II. 2.) stem, prow; stefna ship having a stem : ship with the stem adorned with rings. (*) Herd (II. 2.) hoard, treasure; ge-streon (II. 3.) acquisition, wealth- &c. ; streonan, strynan to acquire, get, beget ; hence strain, breed. (') Bat (II. 1.) G. boot. ( 7 ; Meode, medo (-u) (III, 2.) G. meth, D meede. 160 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. drefan dedp waster; Dena land of-geaf: Jja waes be ma3?te f. mere-hraegla sum, seglO) sale-fa23t( 2 ); sund-wudu( 3 ) J>unede ( 4 no J)33r weeg-flotan ( 5 ) wind ofer ydum sides ge-tweefde ( 6 ) ; sse-genga for, fleat famig- heals ( 7 ) ford ofer yde, bunden( 8 ) stefna ofer brim-streamas, Jjaet hie Geata clifu (9) on-gitan meahton, cude naessas( 10 ). to urge the deep water; the Danes' land he left: there was by the mast a certain sea-vest, a sail fast by a rope ; the sea- wood thundered ; not there the wave-floater did the wind over the billows from its course hinder; the sea-goer went, floated the foamy-necked forth over the wave, the bounden ship over the ocean-streams, so that they the Geats* cliffs could make out, the known headlands. (') Segel (II. 2.) G. segel. ( 2 ) Sal (II. 2.) string, &c. G. seil ; hence saelan below to bind, make fast. ( 3 ) From sund, comes sound (strait) G. sund. ( 4 ) punian; comp. L. tonae; jmnor (II. 2.) thunder; L. tonitru, G. donner, D. donder. Hence p6r Thtrr, the thunderer, (Jupiter) Tonans. (*) Flota floater, ship, sailor; from fle6 tan (III. 3.) to float, fleet ; F. flotter. ( 6 ) Ge-twaefan to divide, Sec. ; from twa. ( 7 ) Heals (II. 2.)necfc; G hals. ( 8 ) With ornaments bound or wound round the prow. ( 9 ) Clif (III. 1.) rock, cliff; L. clmis, G. klippe, D. klip. ( l ) Na?s nose, promontory; L. nasus, G. nase : hence -ness in Dunge- TIOS and the like. "EXTRACTS BEOWULF, 161 etlf 1 ) up-ge-sprung lyft-ge-swenced ( z ), on lande stod. Hrade waes aet holme hyd-weard( 3 ) geara, se-]je ser lange tid leofra manna, fus aet farode, f ser wlatode : srelde to sande sid-faedme ( 4 ) scip oncer-bendum ( 5 ) faest, Jjy-laes hine yd-J>rym, wudu wynsuman, for-wrecan( 6 ) meahte. The ship up-sprang air-compelled, on the land stood. Quickly was at the sea the shore-guard ready, who long time ere the dear men's, ready at the strand, journey had watched: he tied to the sand the wide-bosomed ship with anchor-bands fast, lest it the force of the waves, the winsome wood, might damage. (') Ccol (IT. 2.) keel, vessel (= L. carina) G. kiel : vessels called keelt are still in use on the H umber. () Lyft (II. 3.) G. luft, 0. lift ; swencan to drive, urge. ( 3 ) Ityfc (II. 3.) haven, Sec. ; hence hythe in Queen-Ai/t/ie, &c, ( 4 ) F*ru II. 2. ( 5 ) Oncer, ancer (II. 2.) G. anker. ( 6 ) For-wrecan (II. 1.) to banish, injure, &c. hence to wreck. p 2 iG2 APPENDIX. 1. Words spelt alike, but differing in accent, pro- nunciation, and meaning. *^* This list, in addition to what is stated at p. '2, will prove the great importance of attention to the quan- tity of A. S. vowels, if only as a mean of distinguishing words otherwise of the same aspect, but in truth differ- ing in every respect but spelling. Other spellings, by which some of the words may be further known from each other, are given between brackets. Ac (ah) but. ac (II. 3.) oak ; G. eiche, D. eik. a-gan a-gone, a-go. agan (anom.) to own, possess, have. a-gen( 1 ) (a-(on-)gean) a-gain, a-gainst ; G. gegen, D. te-gen. agen own ; G. and D. eigen. an (on) on, in ; ev, L. in, G. an, D. aan ( 2 ), an (ann) (/) grant, from unnan. (' ) P. agen or agin. (*) The Dutch sometimes, as here, has lengthened a short vowel ; on the whole however it will perhaps be found as safe a guide to the A. S. quantity as any modern language can be. In D. a double vowel or diph- thong, in G. a diphthong, a vowel with h before or after it, or a double vowel, in general answers to an A. S. long vowel. APPENDIX LIST I. 163 an one, a; G. em, D. een: L. un-us, w^O)' ar (II. 2.) messenger. ar (II. 3.) honour ; G. ehre, D. eer. aras ; plur. of ar. a-ras a-rose> from a-risan. sedre instantly, forthwith. sedre (I. 3.) vein ; G. and D. ader. sel (II. 2.) awl; G. ahl, D. els. ael (II. 2.) eel; G. and D. aal. ban (ge-bann) (II. 2.) ban, edict ; G. bann, D- ban. ban (II. 1.) bone; G bein, D. been, ba?r (II.) bare ; G. bar. bser (I) bare ; G. (ge-)bar. beer (II. 3.) bier ; G. bahre, D. baar. ben (benn) (II. 3.) wound. ben (II. 3.) prayer. blaed (II. 2.) fruit ; G. blatt, D. blad (leaf, bladt.) blged (II. 3.) blast ; G. blasen. brid (bridd) (II. 2.) (young) bird. brid (bryd) (II. 3.) bride; G. braut, D. brijd. bude ; 2nd pers. imperf. of beodan to bid. biide ; imperf. of buan to cultivate, &c. G. baute. cneow (III. 1.) knee; G. and D. knie. cneow (IJ knew. coc (cocc) (II. 2.) cock. coc (II. 2.) cook. feol( 2 ) (feoll) (I) fell; G. fiel. (') Here and often else, the v has evidently been dropped before a; it appears in the neut. iv, and in the oblique cases EI/OC, &c. See Addi- tions, &c. ( 2 ) Quantity doubtful; if long, both words should be shifted to IT. below. J64 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. fe61 (fyl) (II. 3.) fie; G. feile, D. vijl.(') floe (flocc) (11. '2.} flock (of sheep &c.) floe (flocc) (II. 3.) flock (of wool &c.) ; G. flocke, 13. vlok. floe (II. 3.) flook, (flat-fish, of an anchor.) for- ( prefix) for-; G. ver-. for/cr; G. fur, D. voor. for (II. 3.) going, journey. for ; imperf. of faran ; G. fuhr, D. voer. fore be-forp ; G. vor, D. voor, L. pro, fore ; 2nd pers. imperf. of faran. ful (full) (II. 1.) cup. ful (full)/M#; G. voll, D. vol. ful foul; G. faul, D. vuil. fyl (fyll) (II. 2.) felling, slaughter. fyl (fyll) (II. 3.) flll, glut ; G. fulle. fyl (feol) (II. 3.) fie; G. feile, D. vijl. fyr further. fyr (II. 1.) flre ; G. feuer, D. vuur: geat (III. 1.) gate ; D. gat hole, opening. geat ; imperf. of geotan to pour ; G. goss, D. goof. geoc (II. 1.) yoke; G.joch, D. juk, L. jugum, Zvyuv. geoc (II. 3.) consolation. geong young ; G. Jung, D. Jong, geong ; imperf. of gan ; G. gieng. God (II. 2.) God; G. Gott, D. God. god good; G. gut, D. goed. heaf (III. 1.) ocean, deep ; G. haf-en, I), hav-en hav-cn, F. hav-re. heaf (he6f) (II. 2.) grief. >; D. vis = f. APPENDIX LIST I. 165 ham ham ; D ham. ham (hama) (II. 2.) covering, skin. ham( x ) (II. 2.) home, dwelling ; G. heim, D. heem. hama (homa, ham) ; see above, hama grasshopper* hig (II. 1.) hay ; G. heu. hig hey ! ok ! hig (hi) they : ol, L. ei, ii. hof (II. 2.) court, dwelling ; G. and D. hof. hof (I) hove ; G. hub, D. hief. hwaete eager, brave. hwsete (II. 2.) wheat; G. weizen, D. weit. hyrde (11.2.) herd; G. hirt. hyrde (I) heard ; G. hb'rte. hyre (hire) her ; G. ihr. hyre (heore) gentle, mild ; G. (un-ge-)heuer. is is; G. 1st, D. is : lari, L. est. is (II. 1.) ice ; G. eis, D. ijs. lam lame; G. lahm, D. lam. lam (II. 2.) loam ; G. lehm, D. leem. leod (lid) (III. 1.) limb ; G. glied, D. lid. leoct (II. 1.) lay, song ; G. and D. lied, lim (III. 1.) limb. lim (II. 2.) lime, s-lime( 2 ) ; G. (sch-)leim, T). (s-)lijm. man (mann) (III. 2.) man ; G. mann, D. man. man (II. 1.) sin, crime; comp. G.mein-eid, D. mijn-eed perjury, and our man-sworn. (*) Hence ham-let, and hum (lamp-) in local namps ; comp. G. BlincU heim, D. Gorinc-hem &c. Q a ) See p. 105, n. 9. 166 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. maest (II. 2.) mast ; G. mast. msest most ; G. meist, D. meest. men (menn) men ; G. manner. men necklace, &c. L. mon-ile. metan (II. 1.) to mete, measure ; G. messen, D. meetcn metan (I. 2.) to paint. metan (I. 2.) to meet ; D. moeten. ne not, O. ne ; L. and F. ne. ne (for ne-ge) nor ; L. nee, G. noch, F. ni. met (II. 2.) man, warrior. iiid: (II. 2.) envy^ malice; G. neid. ssed sated, hence sad ; G. satt : comp. L. sat-is enough* saed (ge-saed, -ssegd) said ; G. ge-sagt. sjed (II. 1.) seed; G. saat, D. zaad( 1 ). sael (sel, sal, sele) hall; G. saal, F. salle: av\r). seel (II. 2.) time. ssel (sel) good, excellent. spraec (/) spake ; G. sprach, D. sprak. sprsec (II. 3.) speech ; G. sprache, D. spraak. syn (synn) (II. 3.) sin; G. siinde, D. zonde. syn (seon) (II. 3.) sight. syn (sin) his, &c. ; G. sein, D. zijn. to- (prefix) G. zer-( 2 ). to to ; G. zu, D. te, toe, tot. to too ; G. zu, D. te. tol (toll) (II. 1.) toll; G. zoll, D.toU tol (II. 1.) tool. uton let its ; L. utin-am ? (') D. z often answers to A. S., E. and G. s. (*) G. z (= ts) answers to A. S., E., and D. t. APPENDIX LIST II. 107 uton without; G. aussen, D. b-uiten. waeg (II. 3.) dish, wey, weight, balance; G. wage, D. waag. waeg (II. 2.) wave; G. woge, F. vague. J wende (/) turned, went; G. wandte, D. wende. wende (/) weened ; G. wahnte, D. waaude. werig spitefuL werig weary. westan from the west. westan (I. 2.) to waste, ravage ; G. ver-wiisten. win (ge-winn) (II. 2.) war, labour, gain ; G. ge-winn. win (wyn) (11.3.) pleasure; G. wonne. win (II. 1.) wine ; G. wein, D. wijn: olv-o$, L. vln-um. ]ja the frc. ; G. die, D. de : ra. J)d then, when ; G. da. , Jjara (J>ar, Jjaer) there ; G. dar. Jjara (Jjeera) of the Sfc. ; G. der. II. Words spelt and accented alike, but differing in meaning. Aldor (ealdor)^) (11.2.) chief \ prince ; hence aldor-man. aldor (ealdor) (II. 2.) life. a'r (II. 1.) brass; G. eher, erz, L. aes, aer-is. aer ere ; G. eher, D. eer. set (II. 2.) food, eating. aet (/) ate ; G. ass, D. at set at ; L. ad. (') The A. S. has a tendency to insert e ( i/> before a : hence the fre quent modern pronunciation of kyart for cart and the like. 168 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. bat (IT. 1.) boat; G. boot. bat (/) bit ; G. biss, D. beet. beah (11.2.) ring; F. bague. beah ; imperf. of bugan to bow, bend; G. bieg, D. boog. beo (I. 3.) bee ; G. biene, D. bij. beo (7) be ; G. bin, D. ben. beon bees. beon to be. bere (II. 2.) bere, bar-ley. bere (/) bear. bil (II. 1.) bill, faulcldon ; G. beil, D. bijl. bil bill, beak. blacpale, bleak, hence blacJt; G. bleich, D. bleek. blac; imperf. of blican to s /tine, blink; G. blinken. boc (III. 3.) book; G. buch, D. boek. boc; imperf. of bacan to bake; D. biek. byre (II. 2.) son, child. byre (II. 2.) event, time. byrne (I. 3.) corslet, O. birnie. byrne (birne) (/) burn (neut.) G. brenne. cin (cinn) (II. 1.) chin, G. kinn. cin (cynn) (II. 1.) kin, race. cyst (cist) (II. 3.) cheat; P. kist, G. kiste, D. ki'st. cyst (II. 3.) choice ; D. keus. cyst; 3rd pers. pres. of cyssan to kiss ; G. klisst. deor (II. 1.) animal, deer ; G. thier, D. dier. deor (dyr) dear ; G thmer, D. duur. ealdor ; see aldor above. earm (II. 2.) arm ; G. arm, L. arm-us. earm poor ; G. arm. , APPENDIX LIST II. 169 ece (II. 2 ) ache. ece eternal. fah hostile; \\Qncefoe. fah variegated, stained, discoloured faer (II. 2.) stratagem. fser (II. 3.) carriage, going ; \\er\C8fare. faesten (III. 1.) fastness ; G. feste. faesten (II. I.) fast; G. fasten. faet (III. 1.) vat, fat ; L, vas, G. fass, D. Tat. faet/a; G. fett : D. vet. from (fromm) bold, pious ; G. fromtn. from (fram)/rom. fyllan (II. 2.) to fill; G. fiillen, D. vullen. fyllan (II. 2.) to fell; G. fallen, D. vellen. fyrst (first) (II. 3.) period, space of time; G. frist. fyrst (fyrmest) first, chief; G. fiirst. geye; D. gij. ge both $*c. gif if, O. gif; G. ob. gif give ; G. gieb. g jt (gytj g et iet ) yet. git (gyt) ye iM.'o. healt halt, lame. healt (hylt, healded) holdeth. hran (hron) (II. 2.) whale. hran ; imperf. of hrinan to touch. hund (II. 2.) hound, dog ; G. hund, 13. hond. hund (II. 1.) hundred Sfc. ; D. bond, hylt (hilt) (II. 1.) hilt. hylt = healt, healded ; (see above) G. halt* Q )70 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. hyrst( 1 ) (II. 2.) forest. hyrst (II. 3.) ornament. in (inn) (II. 1.) dwelling, inn in (on) in; lv, G. and L. in, leaf (II. 1.) leaf; G. laub, D. loof. leaf (II. 2.) leave; G. ur-laub, D- ver-lof( 2 ). lean (II. 1.) reward; G. lohn, D. loon. lean (II. 3.) to reproach, blame. leas false, loose; G. loos, L. lax-us. leas; imperf. of leosan to lose. list (lyst, lust) (II. 2.) lust, desire, pleasure ; G. lust, list (II. 3.) craft; G. list. lid (leod) (III. 1.) limb; G. glied, D. lid. lift fleet, navy. lid (licged) (Ac) lieth ; G liegt. inaeg (II. 2.) son, kin's-man ; I), maag. maeg (/) may ; G. and D. mag. maegd (II. 3.) maid; G. magd, maid, D. mcid. insegd (II. 3.) tribe, kindred, generation. mal (II. 3.) time Sfc. G. mahl, D. raaal. matl (III. 1.) spot; G. mahl, D. maal. ma-! picture, image. ma-nan (I. 2.) to mean; G. meinen, D. meenen, ma'nan (I. 2.) to moan. "^ mearh (mear)( 3 ) (II. 2.) horse. mearti (mearg) (II. 3.) marrow ; G mark, D. tnerg. (') Hence Hurst, Lynd-Jmrst &c. ; comp G. Delmen-/iorst &c. ( a ) Hence fur-lough ; or tliere may have been an A. S. for-leaf. ( 3 ) There are traces of the E. masc. mare in local names and old sayings ; night-mrtre and G. nacht-maAr are properly masc answering to L. incubus, ricubo ; G. miihre mare, answers to A. S. mvre, D. roerrin. APPENDIX LIST II. 171 mot (ge-mot) (II. 1.) mote, meeting. mot (/) must, may ; G. muss, D. moet. naes (nose) (II. 2.) nose, ness, headland; G. nase, D. neus, L. nas-us. naes (ne waes) was not. naes (nas) not. neat (II. 1.) neat, nout, ox. neat ; imperf. of neotan to use. nest (II. 1.) nest; G. nest, nest (nist, nyst) (II. 3.) food-, provision. ofer (ufor) (II. 2.) shore, bank; G. ufer, D. oever. ofer over ; VTTE/O, L. super, G. iiber, D. over, odcte or, O. other; G. oder, L. aut. octde (for oet-paet) until. rsedan (I. 2.) to read, guess; G. er-rathen, D. raadei* raedan (I. 2.) to rede, advise; G. rathen, D. raaden. rice (III. 1.) realm, empire; G. reich, D. rijk. rice powerful, rich; G. reich, D. rijk. saec (II. 2.) sack; tmicicoc, L. saccus, G. sack, D. zak. saec (II. 3.) war, battle. sael (II. 2.) time, occasion. ssel (se\)good. sceaft (II. 2.) shaft, spear ; G. schaft. sceaft (ge-sceaft) (II. 3.) creature, creation, sc'ir (II. 3.) shire, division. scir bright, clear, sheer ; G. schier. scyld (scild) (II. 2.) shield; G. schild. scyld (II. 3.) debt frc. ; G. schuld. segen (II. 2.) sign, ensign; L. signum. segen (II. 3.) saw, saying ; G. sage. 172 AXGI.O-SAXON GUIDK. seld (II. 1.) seat, throne* seld (seldan) seldom ; G. selten, D. zeldea, seo si^ ht, pupil of the eye. seo the, who ; G. sie, D. zij : fi, L. ea. side (I. 3 ) side; G. seite, D. zijde. side (I. 3.) silk ; G. seide, D. zijde, side widely, sid (II. 2.) time, journey $*c. sict late. s d since, O. sith ; G. seit. s'ege (slecge) (II. 2.) sledge (hammer). i-lege (III. 1.) slaying. span (II. 3.) span; G. spaune, D. span. span (/) span ; G. spann. stefn (II. 2.) stem) prow ; G. Steven, D. steeven. stefn (stemn) (II. 3.) voice ; G. stimme, D. stern. stician to stick, stab ; G. stechen ~\ _ . stician to stick, cleave ; G. stecken J treowe( 1 ) (trywe) true, faithful ; G. treu, D. trouw. treowe (trywe, treowd:) (I. 3.) truth, troth, faith ; G. treue, D. trouw. tyn (tin) (II. 1.) tin; G. zinn, D. tin, L. s-tannum. tyn (tyne) ( 2 ) ten; G. zehn, D. tien. wan (won) dark, dusky ; hence wan. ( ! ) Treowe (adj.) and treowe or tre6w8 (noun) with the G. and D. synonyms, never have the modern sense of our true, truth, L. verus, veri- tas, G. wahr, wabrheit, D. waar, waarheid ; these are in A. S. soS and B6$-fa?stnis: sofc-fsest (used chiefly of persons) conveys both notions, as also that of justice, veracity " honest and true." It need hardly be added that anyhow Truth is neither in word nor in deed " that which one Imweth." ( 9 ) Tyne seems rareljr used except absolutely ; see p. 34. APPENDIX LIST II. 173 win (warn) (7) won ; G. ge-wann. weal( J ) (wealh, wala) (II. 2.) Gael, Celt, stranger, one not of Gothic race. weal (weall) (II. 2.) wall; G. wall, weard (II. 2.) ward-en, guard-ian, keeper. weard (II. 3.) ward, guard, keeping. wel (well, wyll) (II. 3.) well, spring ; G. quelle, D. wel wel well ; G. wohl, D. wel. weorde (wyrde) worth, worthy ; G. werth, wiirdig. weorde (wurd:e) from weorctan ; G werde, D. worde. wit (ge-witt) III. 1. wit, sense; G. witz. wit (wyt) we two. witan (anom.) to know ; O. wit, wis, wot ; G. wissen^ D. weeten. witan ( 2 ) to punish, blame; O. wite, D. wijten. wod wood, mad. wod imperf. of wadan to go, wade ; L. vadere. wract (II. 3.) wreath. wrad" wroth. wyllan (welan, weallan) (II 2.) to boil ; G. wallen. wyllan (willan) to will; G. wollen, L. velle. J)anc (II. 2.) thank; G. dank. Jjanc (ge-)?anc) (II. 2.) thought ; G. ge-danke, D. ge- dagte. ]je that, which* \>e or. ])e than. (') Hence TFaZ-es, Corn-waW, Wall-oov, wal-mt (P. welfh-nut) O.wtill- DUSB (wtiUche-uuaa) vialt-fahrt foreign journey, pilgrimage &c. See p. 118. n. 3. ( a ) From aet-witan, ed-witau comes t-wit. 174 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. be thee ; Dor. TI, L. te, G. dich. beah thouuh ; G. doch. jjeah (bah) imperf. of beon to thrive; G. ge-dieg. III. Other words likely to be confounded by learners. JFA- for eal ; as ael-mihtig almighty. sel- (el-) ; as, ael-beodig foreign. beran (II. 1.) to bear. berian (*) to bare. birnan ( 2 ) (by man) (III. 1.) to burn, (neut.)G. brennen. baernan (bernan) (I. 2.) to burn, (act ) G. brennen. biigan (beogan) (I II. 3.) to bow, bend, (neut.) G. biegen, D. buigen. bigan (I. 2.) to bow, bend, (act.) bugian (= buan) to inhabit Sfc. cleofan (cliifan) (III. 3.) to cleave, split ; G. klieben, D. klieven, klooven. clifian to cleave, stick ; G. kleben, D. kleeven. cunnan (anom.) to know, be able. cunnian to try, tempt, attempt. (') The conjugation of verbs in -ian is not marked here or in the later notes above, as they can only be I. 1. ( 2 ) Here and in the other instances below the neuter verb is complex, conj. II. or III., while the active is simple, conj. I., usually I. 2. ; the latter is commonly formed from the imperf. of the former ; as, birne, barn j baTnan, and the like: the E., G., and D. synonyms on the whole answer closely to the A. S. Fall forfeit, lay for lie, set for sit are as wrong as drink for drench, or drench for drink would be. Comp. L. pendere to hang, (_neut.) pendere to hang (act.) &c. APPENDIX LIST III. 175 cwelan (II. I.) to die, perish; hence quail. c.vellan (I. 3.) to quell, kill; G. qualen to aec &c. denn (II. 1.) den. derm (III. 3.) vale, dean. drincan (III. 1.) to drink; G. trinken, D. drink en. drencan (I. 2.) to drench, drown (act.) ; G. tranxen, D. drenken. a-drincan (III. 1.) to drown (neut.) ; G. er-trinken, D. ver-drinken. faran (II. 2.)") ,. ~ . , ^ 1 \-to an. fare; G. fahren. D. vaaren, feran (I. 2.) J ferian to convey, carry, also go ; G. f tihren, D. voereu feallan (II. 2.) to fall; G. fallen, D. vallen. fyllan (I. 2.) to fell ; G. fallen, D. vellen. fle&gan (fleon) (III. 3.) to flee, fly. flgan (a-fligan) (I. 2.) to put tofliykt. fulian to rot, grow foul; G. ver-faulen. fullidii to baptise. greetau (greotan) (I. 2.) to greet, weep ; D. krijten. gretan (I. 2.) to greet, salute ; G. griissen, D. groeten hingian to hang (neut.); ^G. hangen. harigan (hon) (II. 2.) to hang (act.) ; G. hangen. hutan (II. 2.) to command, call ; G. heissen, D. heeten. hatian to hate ; G. hassen, D. haaten. haebban (habban) to have; G. haben, D. hebben. hebban (II. 3.) to heave ; G. heben, D. heffen. heort (heorot) (II. 2.) hart; G. hirsch, D. hert. heorte (I. 3.) heart; G. herz, D. hart. hlast (last) (II. 3.) foot-step. hlsest (II. 1.) last, load; G. last 176 AKGLO-SVXON GUI^E. Imigan (III. 2.) to stoop ; D. nijgen, G. neigen (act.) hnsegan (I. 2.) to make stoop. hrim rime, frost. rim (II. 2.) rime, number ; G. reim, D. rijm. hyran (I. 2.) to hear ; G. horen, D. hooren. hyrian to hire; G. heuern, D. huuren. herian to praise. hergian to harry, ravage ; G. \er-heeren. inc you two. inca ( l ) ill-will irnan (yrnan) (III. 1.) to run ; G. rinnen, D. rennen. sernan (ernan) (I. 2.) to let run. lag (II. 3.) law ; L. lex, leg-is. lagu (III. 3.) water; comp. L. lac-us, G. lache lake &c. lean (II. 2.) reward; G. John, D. loon. laen (II. 1.) loan ; G. lehen. leom (lim) (III. 1.) limb. leotna light ; L. lum-en. leosan (III. 3.) to lose ; G. ver-lieren, D. ver-liezen. losian to be lost, escape from, perish. lysan (a-lysan) (1.2.) to loose, re-lease, re-deem; G. er- losen. letan (lettan) (I. 2.) to let, hinder. laetan (II. 2.) to let, leave ; G. lassen, D. laaten. liccian to lick; \fi-^iv, L. lirigere, G. lecken, D. Ickken. lician to please, like. licgan (II. 1.) to lie ; G. liegen, D. Hggen. lecgan (I. 3.) to lay ; G. legen, D. leggen. (*) The declension of nouns in -a here, and in the laternotes to the Ex- tracts, is not marked, as they can be only I. 1. APPENDIX LIST III. 177 be-lifan (III. 2.) to remain; G. b-leiben, 1). b-Iijven. laefan (I. -2.) to leave, make remain. a lyfan (lyfan) (I. 2.) to al-low ; G. er-lauben, F. al- louer. ge-lyfan (I. 2.) to be-lieve ; G. g-lauben, D. ge-looven. lidan (III. 2.) to go, voyage. laedan (I. 2.) to lead, make go ; G. leiten, D. leiden. locc (II. 2.) lock (of hair frc.) ; D. lok. loca locker, fold, place locked or shut up. locu (III. 2.) lock, fastening ; also locker &c. lutian to lurk ; L. lat-ere. lutan (leotan) (III. 3.) to lout, bow. meed (II. 1.) math, mead ; G. mahd, matte, med (II. 3.) meed, reward. medo (-u, meodo) (III. 2.) mead; G nieth, D. meede. maeg (maecg, mecg) (II. 2. plur. magas) son, kin's-man. mseg (II. 2. plur. msugas) 7,. ' ' ikin'x-man; D. maag. maga (plur. magan) ) maege (I. 3.) kin's-woman. metan > , . >bee 1. above, metan y maetan (I. 2.) to paint. mud (II. 2.) mouth (of an animal) ; G. mund, I). mond. muda mouth (of a river) ; G. miind-ung. a-risan (III. 2.) to a-rise ; D. rijzen. a-rseran (I. 2.) to rear. suwan (II. 2.) to sow ; G. sahen, D. zaaijen. (sywian) to sew. 173 A"GLO-S.\XON OUIDE. sincan (III. 1.) to sink (neut.); G. striken, D. zin^on. sencan (I. 2.) to sink (act.) ; G. senken, D. zenken. sittan (II. 1.) to sit ; G. sitzen, D. zitten. settan (I. 2.) to set ; G. setzen, D. zetten. sigan (III. 2.) to sink, fall down. ssegan (I. 2.) to throw down, subdue. springan (III. 1.) to spring, burst (neut.) ; G. springen. sprengan (I. 2.) to spring, burst (act.); G. sprengjn. (') swefan (II. 1.) to sleep. swebban to put to sleep. swefnian to dream. swincan (III. 1.) to labour ; O. swink. swencan (I. 2.) to make labour, oppress. swindan (III. 1.) to vanish ; G. schwinden. swendan (I. 2.) to make vanish, dissipate; G. ver- schwenden. treow (III. 1.) tree. treowe (try we) true, truth ; see II. above. wacan (II. 3.) (wacian) to wake, watch (neut.) ; G. wachen, D. waaken. weccan (I. 2.) to wake (act.); G. wecken, D. wekken. weder (II. 1.) weather ; G. wetter, D. weder. w^der (II. 2.) wether ; G. widder. wic (II. 1.) dwelling ; OIK-OS". se e p. 103, n. 12. wicg (II. 1.) horse. wig (II. 2.) war. windan (III. 1.) to wind, turn (neut.) ; G. and D. winden. wendan (I. 3.) to turn (act.), wend, go ; G. and D, wenden. (') To spring (a mine), blow up or open. APPENDIX LIST III. 179 wise (I. 3.) wise, manner ; G. weise, D. wijze. wisa wise man, guide ; G. weiser, D. wijzer. witan (anom.) to know &c. : see 1. above, ge-witan to depart. witian to decide. wite (III. 1 .) punishment ; O. wite. wita counsellor ; hence witena ge-mot parliament. wraed wrath, anger. wract wroth, angry. jjincan (I. 3.) to seem; G. diinken, D. dunken. ]?encan (I. 3.) to think, make seem to one-self; G. ami D. denken. 0) C 1 ) Comp. COKUU I lliiiik, seem, SOKH /xoc me-thinkt. 180 IV. Additional Notes. Page 1. JE is not a diphthong, but a modification of a In the other dialects, for which it is substituted in certain cases, as before a mute, or a consonant followed by e j thus daeg, dsege, but plur. dagas, dagum ; so also faet, saed, &c. : & answering to Goth, e, is not changed. The A. S. wrote i without a dot, y with one. p probably gave rise to the O. abbreviations ye for the (J^e), yt for that (bt),&c. Page 2. * was also written for o$|e or, s6$* for sofc-lice truly, verily. Examples of the use of n are J?a for bam to 'the Ice. , bon for \> o n n e then, when. In later times 3 occurs for g, originally most likely a guttural, after- wards = y : hence the O. z still retained in some S. names, as Dalzell, Menzies, pronounced Dalyell, Menyies. A long vowel is sometimes written double without the accent ; as, wiid, good, gees, for wid, god, ges, like D. wijd &e. ; in O. also the vowel is sometimes doubled in like manner. Where A. S. vowels are made long by contraction the dropt consonant sometimes appears, sometimes not in the modern Teutonic dialects; as, (sleahan) slesin, G. schlagen, D. slaan ; gangan, can, G. gehen, D. gaan ; hangan, hon, G. and D. hangen. N has been often dropt and the vowel length- ened before other consonants, above all before s, (Note 1.) while it remains in kindred tongues ; as, est (love, favour'), Goth, ansts; gos, G. pans, L. ans-er; 6s (god, Am^Goth.ans; soTt, G. sanft ; fus (prmnpt), Goth, funs; us, Goth, and G. uns, L. nos, &c. This seems the oase in Greek too, whore ns is in like manner avoided ; as, Snvg, lovffa (L. dans), arag, araaa (L. stans), 2i/to, and many other words, in some of which the circumflev, as elsewhere, marks the con- traction ; the v appears as soon as the IT is removed : neut. Sov, arav ; gen. Sovrog, (TTOVTOQ, t/iocvro &c. In A. S. i, y", 6, and u before <5, AL NOTES. 181 often answer to a cognate short vowel followed by ml, nt, or nth, in the other languages; as, lifce, (lithe, soft) G. linde; sfS (time) Goth. sinths, Dan. sinde; swifc, Goth, swinths ; hrySer. G. rind. D. rund ; y$, L. unda; 68 er, Goth, anthars, G. ander; teofce (tenth), G. zehnte; c&%, G. kund ; guX (war), Goth, gunths, O. G. kiuid. In the imperfects s tod, br6hte, buhte, Jjtlhte, n is likewise dropr, and the vowel made long, g or c in the three last becoming h, as often else; cunnan and unnan also make ciiSe, u$e instead of cunde (G. konnte), under bohte bought should most likely be short, not being so contracted. Something like these changes now and then ap- pears in L. ; as, fundo, fudi, fusus ; tundo, tusus, where the vowel iu the present is long for prosodical purposes only. On the whole, though the Gr. and L. quantity sometimes agrees with the A. S., and the U. and G. very often, the Gothic is the only sure guide, or failing that, the Icelandic, or other old kindred dialects. Page 4. Sometimes too g is added before e, as geow for eow, with little or no change of sound (see p. 41); with a soft vowel before or after it, g seems to have been but lightly sounied, as y, or as a fine guttural. Pageo. Other changes are io for eo, and i6 fore6; seofon, si of on, he6, hio- u for o, and u for 6, especially after ge, which sometimes becomes!; geong, (giung) iuug; geu, (giu) id, io; 16'tas, lutas Jutes: ie fory, gyld, gield payment, tax &c. U occurs medievally for v in foreign names, as Dauid Dnold ; hence al-o for f, as luuian for lufian to looe. Some of these spellings and those p. 5. are the variations of different times, some of different dialects, of which as yot tjut little is known with certainty. Pasje 8. A. S. d has sometimes become E. th (soft), often O. t ; feeder father , G. vater. p and S usually answer to G. and D. d; Jjreo, G. drei, D. drie, broSer, G. bruder, D. broedefi sometimes to G. and D. t; for, G. fort, D. voort. See also p. 2 and addition thereto. The loss of these letter* in E. and the substitution of the one unmeaning combination th for both che harl and soft sound is much to oe regretted. The A. S. had seemingly no rule but custom for tue 182 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. use of these two letters and sounds, as we for the latter, respectively, but as \> is found oftenest at the beginning, and * at the end of a syl- lable, they are here so printed throughout. Page 8 9. The following are likewise exceptions to the general rule that the A. S. gender agrees with the German : Neut. clif lie 8d sceorp big-spel toll Masc. rises sal tear an-(ge-)weald Fem. bleed - nyt L. has clivus masc. and clivuin neut. ; nasus is masc. Page 9. S wefen dream is fern. II. 3., and neut. III. 1. Scfevshoe (G. schuh masc.) is masc. II. 2. (plur. sceos), or fern. 1.3. (plur. sceon O. shoon), or III. 3. (plur. (ge-)scy\) G. klippe (f.) cliff, rock. G leiche (f.) corpse. G. saat (f.) seed. G. scharpe (f.) tcarf. G. bei-spiel (m.) example. G. zolt (m.) toll. G. nase (f.) nose, ness. G. seil (n.) cord. G. zahre (f.) tear. G. ge-walt (f.) power, G. blatt (n.) fruit, leaf. G. nutz (m.) use. Page 10 But few certain rules can be given for the genders, espe- cially from the terminations, of which several, as ~e f -u, -el, -en, -er, contain nouns of all three. To some of the rules given above the fol- lowing are exceptions and there may be more : setl seat, and wered host are masc.; -o$ and -u$ are interchangeable, and when from an adjective, fern. ; as, re6go 3S(-u$) youth, from geong : -35 after a con- sonant is fern, chiefly when from an adjective, as, strengfc from s t rang; otherwise sometimes neut. as, mortS murder, or masc. as in 011$ (rnona<5) month. Compounds in -lac are neut., in -rsden feminine. Nouns of the 1st declension are called Simple from the simplicity of their inflection, having but four endings for the eight cases of the two numbers, and also from the close likeness of the three genders ; the 2nd and 3rd declensions are termed Complex, as having in general more ADDITIONA*' KOTES. 183 case-enrlincs, and wider distinctions of gender. The former kind answer to the Gr. nouns making their dative plural in -crt, and the L. in -bus, the latter to the Gr. which form it in -015 or -atp, and the L. in -is. The terms Weak and Strong for Simple and Complex have greater seeminij propriety when applied to other Gothic tongues, Gr. and L. for instance, than to A. S., since in the former case they in general need the help of another syllable to form their inflection, while A. S. needs only -n, and in the latter they have oftener the power of forming their cases without an additional syllable, than the A. S. has. Gr. and L. synonyms sometimes correspond with the A. S. in declension as well as in mean- ing and etymon ; thus, simple : oi>e, aur-is, ear-e; 6-vou-a, nom-en, n a m-a ; hom-o, g u m-a j complex : Ipy-ov, w e o r c ; Trvpy-os, b n r h ; via, weg , vir, wer. Some nouns have both forms without a change of meaning; as,heofon, heofone heaven, matin, manna man, Jjeow, beowa slave; some with; as, mu$ month (animate), mu$a mouth (inanimate) , see List III. above; lufu and lufe are sometimes used indifferently, but usually the former stands for Jove, affection (amor), the latter for love, sake (gratia) : Codes lufu loveofGod; for sumes godes lufan for the sake of some good. Page 11. The neuter is placed first in the declension of nouns, adjec- tives, and pronouns, as the simplest and purest form of the word, the masculine next as agreeing with it usually in three or four cases out of the five, and the feminine last as generally unlike both. The accusative stands next after the nominative as agreeing with it always in the neut., and sometimes in the masc., while in the fern, it is derived from it; the ablative next as in some words derived from the accus. ; and the genitive after the dative as sometimes derived from it, and last of all, as being in neuters and masculines in general most changed from the nominative. This applies more or less to Gr., L., G. &c. : in A. S. it is more apparent in complex than in simple nouns, more still in the indefinite inflection of adjectives, and most of all in demonstrative pronouns. As regards the genders, twa, ba, and breo are noticeable exceptions. Page 13. The plural ending -an (G. -en) became in time -en which in ox-en (ox-an) is yet rightly used; hos-en (h6s-a), and P. hous-en (bus), and furz-cn (fyrs-as) are wrong. To brethr-en (brofcr-u), 184 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. and childr-en (cildr-u) too it has been wrongly added; O. was child-er still in P. use: see p. 18, n. 8. Chick-en (G. kiich-en) whence chick is shortened, is no more a plural than maid-en or vix-en; see p. 66. Proper names in -a whether A. S. or foreign are thus declined ; as O ot& Goth, Bed a, Anna: Eurof* follows the L. making accus. Europam; dat. and gen. Europe (the medieval form of Europse) ; Donua Danube (G. Donau ; well called hy Milton Donaw), and sometimes S i c i 1 i a and the like are not declined. There are no A. S. fern, names in -a ; all nouns in -a being masc., those now so written end either in a consonant or in -u, (II. 3. or III. 3.); as, Mae<5-hild, Ead-gifu, since latinised to Mathilda, Edgiva. Other foreign names sometimes take the L. cases except the vocative; as, He ge-seah Simonem he saw Simon. Fram Decapoli from Decapolis. lacobus Zebedei James (son) of Zebedce- Lazarus ga ut! Lazarus come forth ! Masculines ending in a consonant often follow II. 2., as, Salomon, Salomones, Salomone, Petrus, Petre, and the like. The now anomalous genitives in -ens of some G. simple nouns, as herz-ens, nam-ens, will-ens, lieb-ens(-wiirdig), are derived from the Goth, gen., hairt-ins, nam-ins (L. nom-inis) wilj-ins&c. A. S. heort- an, nam-an, will-an, luf-an. Glaub-ens is the only gen. of this kind which had a nom. in -en, glauben, (complex) Goth, ga-laubeins, A. S. (simple) ge-leafa. Herz-e (Goth, hairto, A. S. heorte) is still in P. and poetical use: other G. simple nouns, as her> (A S. hearra) have lost the final vowel. Feminines have in general lost the oblique -n in the singular, except in some phrases, as auf erden (on earth), vor freuden (for joy) &c. Many feminines and a few masculines properly complex now form the plural in -n, and in general the two orders have come to be much mixed. Page 15. Nouns in -e (II. 2.) sometimes keep the e in the plural ; as, e n d-e as, en d-e u m &c. Freond and feond being originally participials, derived, the former from freogan (G. freien) to court, honour, the latter from a lost verb akin to f ah hostile (whence foe), properly made the nom. and accus. sing, and plur. alike, but in time came to be inflected as II. 2. ADDITIONAL NOTES* 185 It is only in monosyllables before one consonant that es is changed to a; otherwise not; as, wiustin, pi. wees tin as (fruit) cucer, pi. a- c eras, seer as: thus too in adjectives; smcel, Jjaet smale, s mat or, but ficst, \>ict faeste, fsestor and the like. Feld and ford originally belonged to III. 2; feld-u, ford-u like suii-u Page 17. H and belongs to a lost class of complex feminines in -a ban d-u. Page 20. Weed la poor hitherto called an adjective having the definite inflection only, seems rather a noun (I. 2.) a beggar ; waed 1- i a n to beg \> e a r f a poor is commonly if not always used as a noun a poor man w a n a wanting seems indeclinable. Page 24. The comparative and superlative endings -or, -ost (-o s t e), and -e r, -e s t (-e s t e) are sometimes used indifferently, but it would seem that the former oftener follow a, o, and u, the latter e, i, or y . see addit. note on p. 42 Page 25. Several of these adjectives form adverbs regularly in -e and lice (p. 70.) as lang-e, lang-lice, trang-e, strang-lice, hried-lice, heag-e, hea-lice, eatS-e, eafce-lice, sceort-lice, soft-e, yfel-e, lytl-e. Page 26. Lesser for less is as wrong as least-est for least would be or as wors-er for worse is. Lest is (J? y^-)l a s(-\> e), t being added as in agains-t &c. The ending -me st has no connexion with m;est most. though it also has become -most : pur upper-most^ after-most &c. have arisen from the wrong notion that most was added to the compa- rative. Page 27. Ye is therefore the true nom., you the accus. &c. "If any man say ought to you, ye shall say." Page 29. Mine and thine are therefore the older forms, from which my and thy are shortened ; tlie former were long retained before vowel*. R 2 186 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Page 80. pissere and Jjissera are older forms than Jusse and )>issa. Page 32. The a- in d-w i h t &c. must not be confounded with the common prefix a- for on-, an- (p. 73) ; a is ever, aye, ast, Goth, aiw-, G. je, whence aliav, Goth, aiws, L. sevum, aye, eternity. A'- or seg- (p. 65) gives a general sense like G. je, in je-mand some one ; a-h w ae r some-, any-, every-where, a-hwaenne some time, any time, P. some-when, any when : with the negative it becomes nd never, no; nd-b wider no-whither : n &-w i h t is more regular than n a n-w i h t. A'w $ e r and afcer (if true readings) are contractions of d-hwasfcer, and = segfcer, seg-h wseiSer : nawfcer is nd-hwseiSer== L. ne-uter; hence rightly comes O. and P. nother neither has arisen from either. Page 33. Our one and a are both descended from & n ; in an before a vowel the n has been restored ; most languages use the same word in both senses: in A. S. sum is commoner for the article than an. Page 37. Verbs of the first conjugation are called Simple from the simplicity of their inflection, and its likeness in the three classes, or Weak as needing the help of another syllable to form their imperfect; those of the second and third are termed Complex from the various changes of vowel &c. they undergo, and the greater diversity of their classes, or Strong, as having in themselves the power of forming their imperfect. The analouy of the A. S. simple with the Gr. contracted verbs, and the L. 1st, 2nd, and 4th conjugations, and of the A, S. com- plex with the Gr. regulars, and L. 3rd conj. is worthy of attention. Some of the Gr. and L. synonyms agree in conjugation, as well as in meaning and etymology with the A. S. ; as, simple: ceall-ian, Ka\-ifiv, cal-are ,>f0 call; tem-ian, Sap-ativ, dom-are to tame; lix-an, L. luc-ere to shine : complex; graf-an, ypa$-tiv; to (en-) grave, write ; brec-an, prjy-tiv, frang-ere, to break ; ter-an, nip-iiv, ter-ere to tear &c. ; flow-an, flu-ere to flow , drag-an, trah-ere to draw, drag. Simple verbs are now in E. and G. usually called regu- lar, complex irregular ; in both many complex verbs have in course of time become simple, and this change is still going on. Thus bake, sleep, leap, sweep, weep, fare, wield, fold, step, starve, creep, reek, lye ADDITIONAL NOTES. 187 wreak, dive, shove, row, flow, swallow, brook &c. from A. S. complex forms have become simple : others are in a fair way to do so, retaining only a complex imperf. or part, past, some of which are either gone or going out of use ; as, Jtung, hove, stood, shove, clomb, glode, bet, shod ; waxen, hewn, laden, graven, shapen, washen, strewn, ho/pen, bursten, foughten, swollen &c. G. walten (to rule), wallen (to boil), sahen (to sow), krahen (to croio), kauen (to chew), wachen (to watch), wathen (to wade), reuen (to rue), lachen (to laugh), as also most of the E. synonyms, have become simple ; others, as backen (to bake), hauen (to hew), sieden (to seethe) &c. are in the transition state. A few E. verbs from A. S. I. 2., and I. 3. have assumed imperfects (but not participles past) ' of a seeming complex form ; as, meet, met ; lead, led; send, sent; build, built; from me tan, 1 sedan, sen dan, byldan. A very few A. S. verbs have both forms without change of meaning; as, b r i n g a ri ; bring e, brohte, broht, or bring e, brang, b r u n g e n ; the latter however is rare. Page 38. Attention should be paid to the quantity of the complex or strong imperfects, both as compared with that of the present, and as to whether it is long throughout, or short throughout, or short in the first and third persons singular, and long in the 2nd, and the whole plural, or long in the first and third pers., and short in the rest. Thus II. 2. from presents some short, some long, and II. 3. from presents all short, make it long throughout, except some doubtful in the former; as, healde; In-old, he61de &c. drage; droh &c. III. 1. has the present short, and the imperf. short throughout with a change of vowel; binde; band, bund e, band, bundon. II. 1. short in the pres. has the imperf. short ami long; brece; braec, braece, braec, briecon; except tie fw in ea; as, geaf, geafe &c., together with com, come &c., and nani, name &c. which are sh^rt throughout. III. 2. and III. 3. with long pres. have the im- perf. long and short with a change of vowel ; drffe; drdf, drife, dr6f, drlfon; clufe; deaf, clufe, deaf, clufon. Com- plex participles past are all short but some of II 2. Page 41. Verbs in -i g a n (,tor -i a u) are often conjugated regularly 188 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. like I. 2.; as, fyligan to follow, imperf. fyligde, imper. fylig, but part, past fyligd: see p. 42. Page 42. There seem to have been originally two distinct classes of verbs in -ian, both now included in I. 1., the one forming its itnperf. and part, past in -ode, -6d, the other in -ede, -edj the former answering closely to the Gr. contracted verbs, and the L. in -avi, -atus, evi, et-us, and -Tvi, Tt-us, the latter to the L. in -ui, tt-us &c. In time -ode, 6 d were shortened, and then came to be confounded with -e d e, -ed, many verbs being found with both forms; -ode, -od however seems to occur oftenest when the root-vowel is a, o, or u, -e d e, e d when it is e, i, or y ; see addit. note on p. 25 : -ade, -ad is a modifi- cation of -ode, -od. The -de, -ed (-d) of I. 2. 3. is contracted from -ede, -ed, I. 1.; when the d is thus brought next a hard conso- nant it becomes t. The characteristic c is not changed if 1, n, or s stand before it ; as, elce {delay) imperf. elcte; drence (drench) drencte; wisce (wish) wiscte; unless the n be dropt, as in J?ince, j>uhte, and the like : it else commonly (in simple verbs) becomes h, as in t ice, p. 42, &c. Page 43 The original form of the 2nd and 3rd persons sing, of I. 2, 3, II. and III. was hy rest, hyrefc, tellest, telleS, brecest, brecefc, healdest, healdeS, dragest, dragefc, bindest, bind e i5, drf fest, drifefc, clufest, clufefc and the like, which often occur, especially in poetry : the shortened and modified forms hyrst, hyrfc, telst, bricst &c. given in the grammar are more modern, and commonest in prose. Page 44. All verbs seem at first to have formed their 1st pers. pres. in -o or -u ; comp. -u and L. -o : haf-o = L. hab-eo. Page 50. Most of tlie verbs in II. 2., and some in II. 3. are derived from the Goth, reduplicative verbs, which repeat the long syllable ; the A. 8. has kept only what may be called the literal augment, and that in but a few verbs ; HS, h e h t, leolc, reord, from ha tan, 1 acan (to play, deceive), raedan (G. reden to discourse), where the Goth- ADDITIONAL NOTES. 189 has hui-hiiit, hii-huk, rai-rod from haitan &c. Some only alter the vowel, as sceape, scoop, where the Goth, has sai-skap. Page 54. Verbs in -dn form their part. pres. in -ande ; slean, sleande. Page 58. Wrffcan is an exception to the general rule that com- plex verbs change $ into d in the 2nd pers. sing., and in the plural of the imperf., and in the past part. : see cweSan p. 50, weorcSan p. 57, and SCO'S an p. 60, which are all regular. Page 62. Complex participles past sometimes agree like adjectives with a noun, sometimes do not; as, pa >ing \>c him ge-sende wasron the things that were sent him. Se6 6Sre naman waes Tate haten who by another name was hight Tate, The part, past in the pluperfect is sometimes governed in the accns. by the auxiliary h ae b b a n , as, pa hfg haefdon hyra lof-sang ge-sungenne when they had sung their song of praise. Page 63 U n- sometimes, as in G., is not merely negative, but implies badness ; uii-jjeaw bad habit, un-weder (G. nn-ge-witter) ttorm, bad weather. The prefix to- must be carefully distinguished from the preposition to in composition; as, to-gan to go asunder, separate, to-gan to go to; G. zer-gehen, zu-gehen : to- implies division, dispersion of parts, and hence often destruction. Page 64. For- gives in general a negative or bad sense, or is inten- sive, much like Kara- ; d 6 m a n to judge, f o r-d dm an' to condemn, Kpivtiv, Kara-Kpivtiv, U. ur-theilen, ver-urtheilen ; bernan to burn, for-bernan to burn up, consume, icaitiv, Kara-icaittv, G. brennen, ver-brennen ; don to do, make, for-don to un-do, ruin, destroy ; scyppan to form, f o r-s c y p p a n to trans-form, de-form; for-fela very many. This prefix must not be confounded with the prepositions f o r and f o r e ; (probably of the same origin, = L. pro) ; thus for-se6n is to ovrr-looh, de-spise, G. ver-sehen ; fo r-s eon, fore-se6n to fore-see, G. voi -sehen ; for-gan to for-go, do icithout, 190 ANGLO-SAXON GHTDF. jjrrish, G. ver-gehen, L. per-ire j f o r e-g a n to fore-go, go before, G. vnr-pehen, t. prse-ire. It is as wrong to write fore-go for for-go, as /ore-give for/or-give. And- answers closely to O.VTI-, denoting opposition, reciprocity &c. j and-saca denier; and-wyrdan, and-swarian, dvr-tptiv to an- twer ; and-wlitan, avn /SXsTTftv, to gaze at, look in the face. The prefix ge- is in A. S. used oftener and more indiscriminately than in any kindred language old or new. Though originally convey- ing no notion of past time, it seems gradually to have acquired it, and to have become a kind of syllabic augment to imperfects, but especially to participles past, as in Dutch and German. In the forma- tion of English it was by degrees dropt before all but participles past, where it first became i- or y-, and has since been lost altogether, sur- viving only as a- in some P. words. In G. and D. it is still in use before nouns, adjectives &c., but in general with a distinct effect on their meaning, referible to its original collective force. A. S. g e- sometimes denotes the result of doing a thing; as, Ge-sloh }>in feeder f se h $ a m ;i! s t e thy father by striking avenged the greatest of feuds. His feorh ge-faran ofcfce ge-irnan to save his life by going or running (to a sanctuary). Page 65. The prefix or- (left out in the right place) denotes want of a thing ; as, or-maete im-mense, measure-less, or-truwian to de-spair, or-sorh care-less, se-cure : it must not be confounded with or- in or-eald very old, (G. ur-alt), from or, ord beginning, point, connected with L. or-ior, or-igo &c. The ending -e 1, -o 1, answers sometimes to L. -ul-um ; g y r d-e 1, L. cing-ulum, girdle. The primary meaning of -ing is young, and hence it forms patro- nymics, and terms of contempt &c. : -ling has been supposed to be derived from -i n g. Page 66. Other feminines in -en are menn-en from man, G. niann, iniinuin ; gyd-en from god, G. gott, gott-in, D. god, god-in : in -e ; fyl-e, filly, from fol-a/oa/; wal-e from wealh or wal-a, Celt, stranger ; w e b b-e (or w e b b-e s t r e web-ster), from w e b b-a weaver. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 191 The ending -estre (like D. -step) is feminine only, and the notion of thus forming nouns of contempt &c., as paa-ster, tr'u-k-ster, ro&d-ster is modern. The ending dom is properly a noun (II. 2.) doom, judgment, autho- rity, dignity : had is also a noun (II. 2.) state, condition, rank, Hoi? Orders. Page 67. scipe (not occurring alone) is related to scapan, (sceapan), to shape. form, create, and denotes form, mode, condition ; land-scape, or land- skip, (land-scipe) G. land-schaft, D. land-schap, should in rule be \&nd-ship, unless borrowed, like a few other words, directly from the Dutch. The adjective ending -ig answers to IK-OS, L. -ic-us. Page 68. A. S. -fsc had often a bad sense, which E., G., and D. ish, -isch, -sch almost always have, except when added to local names ; the three former often contrast with -lie, -like or -ly, G. -lich, which convey a good or indifferent notion ; as, folc-isc vulgar (Chaucer has pepl-ish), folc-lic popular; cild-isc child-ish, G. kind-isch.cild-lic child-like, G. kind-lich ; compare also mann-ish, man-like, man-ly, G. mann-isch, mann-lich ; woman-ish, woman-ly, G. weib-isch, weib-lich ; girl-ish, maiden-ly &c. While -ol (-ul) answers in form to L. -ul-us, in sense it is more like -ax, commonly denoting a wrong propensity; as, sprec-ol, cwid-ol, L. loqu-ax, dic-ax talkative, evil-tongued ; et-ol, L. ed-ax greedy. Sometimes as in s6S-sag-ol truth-telling, deop-J^anc-ol deep-thinking, it expresses a good quality. -en (G. -ern, -en) usually denotes the material of which a thing is made j as, s tin-en of stone, G. stein-ern ; treo" w-en treen, wood-en ; gyld-en gold-en, G. gold-en ; lin-en lin-en, of tin or flax, G. lein-en j from stun, treow, gold, lin. Several words thus formed are now obsolete ; ston-en, brick-en &c. arc still in P. use. -en nd answers to L. -cund-us. Some adjectives are formed in -ed or -d like simple participles past , as, ge-hyrned horn-ed,(Q. ge-horn-t); ge-sceodAod(G. ^e-schuh-t); the rest of the verb, if any, is here wanting. 192 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Page 69. c-, -n-, -t-, In these and the like verbs represent lost svl lables; therefore swin-s-ian (to make melody) is no exception to the rule against ns in the same syllable ; see p. 2. n. 1. The verbal endings -ian and -an (-eiv, G. and D. -an) became in time -en and -e, the latter of which has in many cases been dropt, in all has lost its sound. Such verbs as whit-en, black-en are of modern use, to white and the like being the older form. Page 71. Other adverbs in common use are: a aye, always, aefre (G. and D. immer) ever, naefre (G. and D. nimmer) never, sedre straightway, recene instantly, eft-sona eft~soon,forth-with, endem- es at length, Jjser-rihte (fovfc-rihte) forthwith, elles else, other- wise, elles-hwider else-whither, ellor elsewhere, j?us (D. dus) thus, georue (G. gerne) earnestly, willingly, Jjearle very, exceedingly, geara well, accurately, (lyt-)hwon a little (S. a wheen), hugii (hwegu), hwset-(hwylc)-hugu &c. somewhat, a little, Dances gratis, agnes Dances of one's own accord, his &c. willan, un- willan with, against his ^c. will, semninga suddenly, hrsedinga quickly, aninga (asninga) alone, only, on boec-ling backward. Sona is construed with a genitive; as, Sona {JIBS soon after that. Sona JJSBS wintres early in the winter. Page 72. It seems likely that the first part of the word Oarena-ford is not from oxa ox, but from the Celtic root meaning teaser, river, (A. S. wos is ooze, liquid) which appears in Ouse (many) Isis, Ex, Ax, Usk, Esk, Oise, Aisne, Yssel, Oxus, and so many other names of rivers; and this is confirmed by Ousn-ey in the neighbourhood. ford of oxen is however the strict meaning of the A. S. name, and doubt- less the one then attached to it ; EoQ-iropot, Schwein-furt, Swin-ford and the like supply fair analogies. Ofer- sometimes conveys the same idea as for-; ofer-gi tan (= f o r-g i t a n) to forget, o f e r-h y e g a n = f o r-li y c i n c t$ it reventeth me, I take it ill. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 193 Page 73. Our prefix a- has in general sprang from tine A. S. 011- (an-, a-), and on is still sometimes used for it; as, a-float, A. S. on- flote; a-live, A. S. on-life (G. amleben); a-two (in-two), A. S. o n-t w a ; a-f eared, A. S. a-f e r e d ; O. on flote, on life, on two, also on sleep, on row &c. now a-sleep &c. ; we yet say on board, or a-board, on fire, or a-fire and the like : see also p. 69 71, 73. In some words a- is from A. S. o f- ; as, of-d u n e (a-d u n e, a-d u n) a-down, down (= G. berg-ab); of-jjyrst a-thirst ; we say too of kin or a-kin ; it is therefore not unlikely that in other cases A. S. a- may, as the sense would imply, have sprung from of- ; thus a-f a ran to de~ part, a-w e n d a n to turn away, a-weorpan to cast off, answer to G. ab-fahren, and G. and D. ab-wenden, af-wenden, ab-werfen, af- werpen : so airo, air became L. ab, and that in time a. Once or twice E. a- is from A. 8. ge-j as ge-lic (O. y-like), a-like ; ge-mang (0. e-mong), a-tnong. Page 77. Adjectives also take an abl. or dat. of the cause &c., which commonly stands first ; as, I u-d ae d u ro f a h stained with (my) former deeds. Wundum w e r i g weary ivith wounds. Likewise of the person &c. by whom the action implied is done j as, His freondum or-wene despaired of by his friends. W u r fc- ftill {jam cyningum to be honoured by kings. Uii-a-secgend- 1 1 c nigum unspeakable by any. Adjectives in general govern the object to which they have relation in the dative; as, Ic com ge-tr^we minon hlaf-orde I am true to my lord. He wses me yrre he was angry loith me. Dryhten wses J>am folce gram (the) Lord was wroth with the people. Adjectives denoting nearness also govern the dative ; as, A'n b i s c o p f>e him |>a hendest wees a bishop that was then nearest (han- diest) to him. Some adverbs take the same case as the adjectives whence they are formed : N&nig him ge-lice )?eet don meahte none could do that like him. Page 79. The following verbs also govern the dative of the far ob- a J9-A ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. ject: secgan to say, tell, bodian to preach, announce, beodan to offer, and-wyrdan, and-swarian to answer, gifan to give, for-gifan to give away, forgive, syllan to give, sell (of which examples need not be given), w i fc-m e t a n to compare, measure with. ge-an-Kcian to liken, make like; yrsian to be angry toith, set- I f i 1 h a n to approach, apply to, w i s i a n ( w is s i a n) to guide, direct, i fore-wesan (L. prae-esse) to govern, be over, be-sargiaii to pity, be sorry for, have a dative of the near object ; 1 o s i a n to be lost, escape from, one of the person affected; as, Hire fser is wi<5- xneten fyrd-lfcum truman her going is compared to an army on the march. Iceomyslumand axum g e-a n-1 i c o d I am made like cinders and ashes. Se-f?e yrsafc his breJSer he that is angry with his brother. Noicbim Jjges georne set-fealh 1 did not therefore willingly approach him. past hig mihton J>am folce wel wissian that they might guide the people well. Mid- J? $r h e 6 J? a f e a 1 a geara bissummynstrefor e-w SB a when the then many years had ruled this convent, p a b e-s argode he Jaere sorh-fullan meder then pitied he the sorrowful mother. Him losade an sceap he had lost one sheep. Some of the verbs having a dative &c. of the object to which the action is directed, govern the thing done in the accusative ; as, D e m a 6 rihtne dom judge right judgment* Page 81. The following verbs are sometimes used in the usual reflec- tive way with the pronoun in the accusative: ge-biddan to pray, w am in n to be ware, belgan to be angry, ge-wrafcian to be wroth; as, ponne J?u {?e ge-bidde when thou pray est. WarniaJS eow fram maun urn be ware of men. Warniafc wi$ \>& boceras be ware of the scribes, pa bealh he hine then was he angry. Ge belgaiS wifc me ye are angry with me. pa ge-wra$ede hine se arce-biscop Landfranc then was the archbishop Lanfranc wroth. Likewise some compounds of s e 6 n ; as, Hine &c. f o r-s e 6 n (G. sich ver-sehen) to err, commit an oversight, tin. Gifhe hine under-baec be-sawe if he should look bach. ADDITIONAL NOTES. 195 Page 81 3. Wealdan, on-fon, ehtan, bid an, and earn- ian sometimes govern the accusative. Page 83. On-fjraci a n to dread, feel horror at governs the geni- ve like on-dr sedan; as, An feeling horror at the misfortune. tive like on-dr sedan; as, An-braciende J>ses un-ge-li rapes Page 87. Be and t6 sometimes govern the ablative; as, Be f>y mseg se 1 c mon witan by that may each man know. T 6-j? y-J> as t (= to-bon-}j0e t) in order that. T6-hwy why ? As set is sometimes to, so is to sometimes at; the two are now and then confounded in E., and G. zu stands for both. To and aet (the latter in composition often) sometimes mean from, the former espe cially with wilnian and sec an; as, Ealle to be aetes wil- niafc all from thee desire food. Mann a ge-h wylc se-be secefc to him every man that seekethfrom him. He bset ful ge-beah set Wealh-be6n he took the cup from (at the hand of) Wealh- tke6. To meaning motion to, has sometimes, though seldom, an accusa- tive: He f6r t6 Samariam bset land fo went to the land of Samaria. Page 88. To-emnes (a rare word) rather by, along-side, over- against than along, is from efen (efn, emn) even, equal ; on-efn (-emn) is the same ; Him on-efn ligefc ealdor-ge-winna by him lieth (his) deadly foe. Emn-, e m- are common in composition ; emn-lang (G. eben (so) lang) of the same length; em-leof (G. eben (so) lieb) equally dear ; e m-j? e 6 w fellow-slave. Page 90. T n n o n, uton, and 6ppon should not be divided, -o n (-an) being here only an ending and not the preposition on, serving in the two last to change the adverb into a preposition. Page 93. p e n d e n while sometimes has a subjunctive j as, p e n d- en hit hit sy while it be hot. 196 ANGLO-SAXON GUIDE. Page 95. For-etandan (or fore-s t and an) to defend, stand bffore, likewise for-standan (G. ver-stehen) to understand govern the accusative ; as, Hine God for-stod him God defended. . Other conjunctions are s w a-s a m e-sw & the same as , in like manner as , na-laes Jjaet an ac not (that) only but , nates-hwori by no means, noht-Jjon-lses never-(nought)-the- less, gea yea, n nay, gese yes, nese no, nses (nas) not, huru moreover, chiefly, huru-^inga at least, |jaes-)je since, after that, because, for-hw6n, to-hwon (=for-hw^) hwy, J3aes(-for) for that, therefore, gen, gen a yet. Comp. OVK 6^0/iev ti /ij we have (not) but , one only of the many instances of likeness between the Gr. and A. S. syntax.' Weorfce too may be either expressed or understood; as, Wa (weorfce) }>am men! wo worth the man ! Page 97. Lo ! has no more to do with look than O. gif has with, gifan : our vulgar law! and lawk! may also be derived from la! Page 98. Which Latin translation the A. S. versions of the Holy Scripture are taken from is hard to say ; this only is certain that the A. S. Gospels follow the Vulgate more closely than the Heptateuch does. The Latin MSS. doubtless varied much, and the A. S. is now and then seemingly not an accurate rendering of any one. 2Elfric was a common name ; among those who bore it, were an Archbishop of Canterbury, and one of York, of whom the latter is believed to have translated the parts of the 0. Testament known as the Heptateuch. Page 133. Teohhian (from te6h, p. 152. n. 3.) means also to furnish, provide, fit out, and perhaps should be so rendered in the extract from fioethius, where its meaning is not very clear. Page 140. To- in to-geanes sometimes does not rime (see p. 158, last line) though seemingly always in other combinations : to- on the other hand never rimes. THE END. VALUABLE AND INTERESTING BOOKS, PUBLISHED OR SOLD BY JOHN RUSSELL SMITH, 36, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON. A Compendious Anglo-Saxon and Eno-Hsh Dic- tionary, by the Rev. JOSEPH BOSWOKTH, D.D., Anglo-Saxon Pro- fessor in the University of Oxford, &c. 8vo. closely printed in treble columns, cloth, 12* This mav be considered quite a new work from the author's former Dictionary : it has been entirely remodelled and enlarged, bringing it down to the present state of Anglo- Saxon literature botli at home and abroad. Ang-lo-Saxon Delectus ; serving as a first Class- Book to the Language. By the Rev. W. BARNES, B.D.. of St. John's Coll. Camb. 12mo. cloth, 2e 6d " To those who wish to possess a critical knowledge of their own Native English, some acquaintance with Anglo-Saxon is indispensable; and we have never seen an introduction lect'is uuusisr.s ui snort pieces uu various ?vrite. No Englishman, therefore, altogothfirignorant of AiiRlo-^axon, can h ive a thorough knowledge of his own mother-tongu : while the language i'sclf, to way n rlilng of the manv valuable and intere'tini; works pn-served in it, may, in copiousness of words strength of expression, and '.Tammatical precision, vie with the modern German. Anpflo-Saxon Version of the Hexameron of St Bii-il, and the Anglo-Saxon Remains of St. Basil's Admonitio ad Filiuw Sbiritualeiu ; now first printed from MSS. in the Bodleian Library, with a Translation and Notes, by the Rev. H. W. NOKMAN, 8vo. SECOND EDITION, ealar-ieii, ee^cd, 4ts Anglo-Saxon Version of the Holy Gospels. Edited from the original MSS. by BENJAMIN THORPE, F.S.A., post 8vo. cloth, Sa (original price, 12) Anglo-Saxon Version of the Story of Apollonius of Tyre ; upon which is founded the Play of Pericles, attributed to Shake- speare ; from a MS., with a Translation and Glossary, by BENJAMIN THORPE, 12mo. cloth, 4s 6d (original price, 6s) Analecta Anglo- Saxonica. A Selection in Prose and Verse, from Anglo-Saxon Authors of various ages, with a Glossary, by BENJAMIN THORPE, F.S.A. a new edition, with corrections and improve- ments, post 8vo. cloth, 8. (original price, 12s) Popular Treatises on Science, written during- the Middle Ages, in Anglo-Saxon, Anglo-Norman, and English. Edited by THOS. WEIGHT, M.A., 8vo. cloth, 3s Contents .-An Anglo-Saxon Treatise on Astronomy, of the TENTH CENTUBY, now first published from a MS. in the British Museum, with a Translation ; Livre des Creatures, by Phillippe de Thaun, now first printed with a translation, (extremely valu- able to Philologist t, as being the earliest specimens of Anglo-Norman remaining, and ex- planatory of till the symbolical signs in early sculpture and painting); the Bestiary of Phillippe de Thaun, with a translation ; Fragments on Popular Science from the Early English Metrical Lives of the Saints, (the earliest piece of the kind in the English lan- guage.) Fragment of yElfric's Anglo-Saxon Grammar, JElfric's Glossary, and a Poem on the Soul and Body of the Xllth Century, discovered among the Archives of Worcester Cathedral, by Sir THOMAS PHILLIPS, Bart., folio, PRIVATELY PRINTED, sewed, \ts 6d A Philological Grammar, grounded upon English, and formed from a comparison of more than Sixty Languages. Being an Introduction to the Science of Grammars of all Languages, especially English, Latin, and Greek, by the Rev. W. BARNES, B.D., of St John's College, Cambridge, author of "Poems in the Dorset Dialect," "Anglo- Saxon Delectus," &c. &c. pp. 322, cloth, 9s Biographia Britannica Literaria, or Biography of Literary Characters of Great Britain and Ireland, ANGLO SAXON PERIOD, by THOMAS WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A., &c., Membre de 1'Institute de France, thick 8vo. cloth, 6s (original price, 12s) THE ANGLO-NORMAN PERIOD, thick 8vo. cloth, 6* (original price, 12*) Published under the superintendence of the Council of the Royal Society of Literature. There is no work in the English Language which gives the reader such a comprehen- sive and connected History of the Literature of these periods. Philological Proofs of the Original Unity and Recent Origin of the Human Race, derived from a Comparisoii of the Lan- guages of Europe, Asia, Africa, ni.d America, by A. J. JOHNES, 8vo. clot/i, 6* (original price, 12* 6d) Printed at the suggestion of Dr. Pritchard, to whose works it will be found useful 8 Essays on the Literature. Popular Superstitions, and History of England in the MIDDLE AGES, by THOMAS WKIGHT, M.A., F.S.A,, 2 vols. post 8vo. elegantly printed, cluth, 16. Contents: Essay I. Anglo-Saxon Poetry. II. Anglo-Norman Poetry. III. Chan- sons de Geste, or Historical Romances of the Middle Ages. IV. On Proverbs and Popular Sayings. V. On the Anglo-Latin Poets of the Twelfth Century. VI. Abelard and the Scho- lastic Philosophy. VII. On Dr. Grimm's German Mythology. VIII. On the National Fairy Mythology of England. IX On the Popular Superstitions of Modern Greece, and their connection with the English. X. On Friar Rush, and the Frolicsome Elves. X '. On Dunlop's History of Fiction. XII. On the History and Transmission of Popular Stories. XIII. On the Poetry of History. XIV. Adventures of Hereward the Saxon. XV. The Story of Eustace the Monk XVI. The History of Fulke Fitzwarine XVII. On the Popular Cycle of Robin-Hood Ballads. XVIII. On the Conquest of Ireland by the Anglo- Normans. XIX On Old English Political Songs. XX On the Scottish Poet Dunbar. Literature of the Troubadours. Ilistoire de la Poesie Provencjale, par M. FAURIEL, publie par J. MOIIL, Membre de 1'Institut de France, 3 vols. 8vo. new, served, 14* (original price, \. 4.v) A valuable work, and forms a fit companion to the Literary Histories of Hallam, Ticknor, and Ginguene. J. R. S. is the only agent in London tor the sale of it, at the above moderate price. Skelton's (John, Poet Laureat to Henry VIII.) Poetical Works : the Bowge of Court, Colin Clout, Why come ye not to Court ? (his celebrated Satire on Wolscy), Philip Sparrow, Elinour Kum- ming, &c. ; with Notes and Life, by the Kev. A. DYCE, 2 vols. 8vo. cloth, 16s (original price, 1. 12s) " The power, the strangeness, the volubility of his language, the audacity of his satire, and the perfect originality of his manner, made Skelton one of the most extraordinary writers of any age or country." Southey. " Skelton is a curious, able, and remarkable writer, with strong sense, a vein of humour, and some imagination ; he had a wonderful command of the English language, and one who was styled, in his turn, by as great a scholar as ever lived (Erasmus), 'the light and ornament of Britain.' He indulged very freely in his writings in censures on monks and Dominicans: and, moreover, had the hardihood to reflect, in no very mild terms, on the manners and life of Cardinal Wolsey. We cannot help considering Skelton as an ornament of his own time, and a benefactor to those who come after him." A New Life of Shakespeare, including- many par- ticulars respecting the Poet and his Family, never before published, by J. O. HALHWELL, F.R.S., in one handsome vol., 8vo. illitsfratrd with 76 engravings on wood, of objects, most of which are new, from drawings by FAIRHOLT, cloth, 15s This work contains up wards of forty documents respecting Shakespeare and his Family, never before published, besides numerous others indirectly illustrating the Poet's Biogra- phy. All the anecdotes and traditions concerning Shakespeare are here, for the first time collected, and much new light is thrown on his personal history, by papers exhibiting him as selling Malt and Stone, &c. Of the seventy-six engravings which illustrate the volume, more than fifty have never before been engraved. It is the only Life of Shakespeare to be bought separately from his Works. Archaeological Index to Remains of Antiquity of the Celtic, Komano-British, and Anglo-Saxon Periods, by JOHN YONOE AKEBMAN, Fellow and Secretary to the Society of A ntiquaries, 8vo. illus- trated with numerous engravings, comprising upwards of Jive hundred objects, cloth, 15* " One of the flrst wants of an incipient Antiquary, is the facility of comparison, and here it is furnished him at one glance. The plates, indeed, form the most valuable part of the book, both by their number and the judicious selection of types and examples which they contain. It is a book which we can, on this account, safely and warmly recommend to all who are Interested in the antiouitiea of their native land." .Literary Vanttc. Ancient Coins of Cities and Princes, geographically arranged and described, HISPANIA, GALLIA, BRITANNIA, by J. Y. AKER- MAN, F.S.A., 8vo. with engravings oj many hundred coins from actual examples, cloth, 10s Introduction to the Study of Ancient and Modern Coins, by J. Y. AKERMAN, Secretary of the Society of Antiquaries, fcap. 8vo. with numerous mood engravings from the original coins, (an excellent introductory book), cloth, 6* 6d CONTESTS: SECT. 1. Origin of Coinage. Greek Regal Coins. 2. Greek Civic Coins. 3. Greek Imperial Coins. 4. Origin of Roman Coinage Consular Coins. 5. Roman Imperial Coins. 6. Roman British Coins. 7. Ancient British Coinage. 8. Ansrlo-Saxon Coinage. 9. English Coinage from the Conquest. 10. Scotch Coinage. 11. Coinage of Ireland. 12. Anglo-Gallic Coins 13. Continental Money in the Middle Ages. 14. Various representations of Coinage. 15. Forgeries in Ancient and Modern Times. 16. Table of Prices of English Coins realized at Public Sales. Tradesmen's Tokens struck in London and its Vici- nity, from 1648 to 1671, described from the originals in the British Museum, &c. by J. Y. AKERMAN, F.S.A., 8vo. with 8 plates of numerous examples, cloth, 15s LARGE PAPER, in 4to. cloth, 1. Is This work comprises a list of nearly three thousand Tokens, and contains occasional illustrative topographical and antiquarian notes on persons, places, streets, old tavern and coffee-house signs, &c. &c. -with an introductory account of the causes -which led to the adoption of such a currency. Coins of the Romans relating- to Britain, described and illustrated, by J. Y. AKERMAN, F.S.A. SECOND EDITION, greatly enlarged, 8vo. with plates and woodcuts, 10* 6d The " Prix de Numismatique" was awarded by the French Institute to the author for this work. " Mr. Akerman's volume contains a notice of every known variety, with copious illus- trations, and is published at a very moderate price ; it should be consulted, not merely for these particular coins, but also for facts most valuable to all who are interested in the Romano-British History." Archaeological Juurnal. Numismatic Illustrations of the Narrative Portions of the New Testament, by J. Y. AKERMAN, 8vo. numerous woodcuts from the original coins in various public and private collections, cloth, 5s " The New Testament has, it appears, in the compass of the Gospel and Acts, no less than 32 allusions to the coinage of Greece, Rome, and Judsea ; and these beautifully en- graved, and learnedly described, give Mr. Akerman an opportunity of sen-ing the good cause of truth in the way of his peculiar avocation." Church of England Journal. English Surnames. An Essay on Family Nomen- clature, Historical, Etymological, and Humourous; with several illustrative Appendices, by MARK ANTONY LOWER, M.A., 2 vols. post 8vo. THIRD EDITION, ENLARGED, woodcuts, cloth, 12* This new and ranch Improved Edition, besides a great enlargement of the Chapters contained in the previous editions, comprises several that are entirely new, together with Notes on Scottish, Irish, and Norman Surnames. The " Additional Prolusions," besides the articles on Rebuses, Allusive Arras, and the Roll of Battel Abbey, contain dissertations on Inn signs, and Remarks on Christian Names: with a copious INDEX of many thousand Kames. These features render " English Surnames" rather a new work than a new edition. Remains of Pagan Saxondom, principally from Tumuli in England. Drawn from the Originals. Described and illustrated by J. Y. AKERMAN, Fellow and Secretary of the Society of Antiquaries, 4to. 40 FINE COLOURED PLATES, half mvrocco, 2. 12* 6d The plates are admirably executed by Mr. Baslre, and coloured under the direction of the Author. It is a work well worthy the notice of the Archseologist. Curiosities of Heraldry, with Illustrations from Old English Writers, by MARK ANTONY LOWER, M.A., author of' Essays on English Surnames," with illuminated Title-page, and numerous engravings from designs by the author, 8vo. cloth, 14* " Mr. Lower's work is both curious and instructive, -while the manner of its treatment Is so inviting: and popular, that the subject to which it refers, which many have hitherto had too good reason to consider meagre and unprofitable, assumes, under the hands of the writer, the novelty of fiction with the importance of historical truth." Athetueum. A Grammar of British Heraldry, consisting- of " Blazon" and " Marshalling," with an Introduction on the Rise and Pro- gress of Symbols and Ensigns, by the Rev. W. SLOANE EVANS, 13. A., 8vo. with 26 plates, comprising upwards of 4:QQJigures, cloth, 5s One of the best introductions ever published. Genealogical and Heraldic History of the Extinct and Dormant Baronetcies of England, Ireland, and Scotland, by J. BURKE, Esq., medium 8vo. SECOND EDITION, 638 closely printed pages, in double columns, with about 1000 arms engraved on wood, Jine portrait of JAMES I. cloth, 10* (original price, \. 8s) This work engaged the attention of the author for several years, comprises nearly a thousand families, many of them amongst the most ancient and eminent in the kingdom, each earned down to its representative or representatives still existing, with elaborate and minute details of the alliances, achievements, and fortunes; generation after generation, from the earliest to the latest period. Handbook to the Library of the British Museum, containing a brief History of its Formation, and of the various Collections of which it is composed; Descriptions of the Catalogues in present use: Classed Lists of the Manuscripts, &c. : and a variety of Information indis- pensable for Literary persons; with some Account of the principal Publie Libraries in London, by RICHARD SIMS, of the Department of Manuscripts, Compiler of the " Index to the Heralds' Visitations," small 8vo. pp. 438, with map and plan, cloth, 5s It will be found a very useful work to every literary person or public Institution in all parts of the world. What Mr. Antonio Panizzi, the keeper of the department of printed books, says might be done, Mr. Richard Sims, of the department of manuscripts, says shall be doe. Hi Hand-book to the Library of the British Museum is a very comprehensive and instructive volume. I have the sixtieth edition of " Synopsis of the Contents of the British Mus>am" before me I cannot expect to see a sixtieth edition of the Hand-book, but it deserves to be placed by the side of the Synopsis, and I venture to predict for it a wide circulation. Mr. Bolton Carney, in Notts and Queries, No. 213. Wiltshire Tales, illustrative of the Manners, Cus- toms, and Dialect of that and adjoining Counties, by JOHN YONGK AKER- MAN. 12mo. cloth, '2s 6d 6 Contributions to Literature, Historical, Antiquarian, and Metrical, by MARK ANTONY LOWER, M. A., F.S. A., author of " Essays on English Surnames," " Curiosities of Heraldry," &c. , post 8vo. woodcuts, cloth, 7a 6d CONTENTS:]. On Local Nomenclature. 2. On the Battle of Hastings, an Histories. Essay. 3. The Lord Dacre, his mournful end ; a Ballad. 4. Historical and Archaeological Memoir on the Iron Works of the South of England, mith numerous illustrations. 5. Winchelsi-a's Deliverance, or the Stout Abbot of Battayle ; in Three Fyttes. 6. The South Downs, a Sketch ; Historical, Anecdotical, and Descriptive. 7. On Yew Trees in Church* yards. 8. A Lyttel Geste of a Create Eele; apleasaunt Ballade. 9 A Discourse of Genea- logy. 10. An Antiquarian Pilgrimage in Normandy, with, woodcuts. 11. Miscellanea, &c. &c. &.C. Retrospective Review (New Series) ; consisting- of Criticisms upon, Analysis of, and Extracts from curious, useful, valuable, and scarce Old Books, 2 vols. 8vo. cloth, 10* 6d These two volumes form a good companion to the old series of the Retrospective, in 16 vols. ; the articles are of the same length and character. The Nursery Rhymes of England, collected chiefly from Oral Tradition. Edited by J. 0. HALLIWELL. The FIFTH EDITION, enlarged, with many Designs, by W. B. SCOTT, Directw of the School of Design, Newca&tle-on-Tyne, 12mo. cloth, gilt leaves, 4s 6d Popular Rhymes and Nursery Tales, with Histo- rical Elucidation's, by J. O. HALLIWELL, 12mo. cloth, 4s 6d This very interesting volume on the traditional Literature ot England, is divided into Nursery Antiquities, Fireside Nursery Stories, Game B.hymes, Alphabet Rhymes, Riddle Rhymes, Nature Songs, Proverb Rhymes, Places, and Families, Superstition Rhymes, Cus- tom Rhymes and Nursery Songs; a large numher are here printed for the first time. It may be considered a sequel to the preceding article. Old Song's and Ballads. A Little Book of Song's and Ballads, gathered from Ancient Music Books, MS. and Printed, by E. F. KIMBADLT, LL.D., F.S.A., &c., ele/jantly printed in post 8vo. pp. 240, half morocco, 6s " Dr. Rimbault has been at some pains to co'lect the words of the Songs which used to delight the Rustics of former times." Atlas. Anecdotes and Characters of Books and Men. Collected from the Conversation of Mr. Pope and other eminent Persons of his Time, by the llev. JOSEPH SPENCE, with Notes. Life, &c. by S. W. SINGER. The second edition, fcap. 8vo. portrait, elegantly printed by Whittingham, cloth, 6* "The ' Anecdotes' of kind-hearted Mr. Spence, the friend of Pope, is one of tlu best books of ana in the English language-'WCrifzc. The Table Talk of John Selden. With a Bio^ra- phical Preface and Notes by S. W. SINGER, fcap. 8vo. third edition, por- trait, cloth, 5* There are few volumes of its size so pregnant with sense, combined with the most profound learning; it is impossible to open it without finding some Important fact or dis- cussion, something practically useful and applicable to the business of life. Coleridge Bays, " There is more weighty bullion sense in this book than I ever found in the same number of pages in any uninspired witter.'' Life, Progresses, and Eebellion of James, Duke of Monmouth, &c. to his Capture and Execution, with a full account of the " Bloody Assize," under Judge Jefferies, and copious Biographical No- tices, by GEORGE ROBERTS, 2 vols. post 8vo. plates and cuts, doth, 7s Qd (original price, 1. 4s) Two very interesting volumes, particularly so to those connected with the West of England. A Dictionary of Old English Plays, existing- either in print or in manuscript, from the earliest times to the close of the 1 7th century, including also Notices of Latin Plays written by English Authors during the same period, with particulars of their Authors, Plots, Charac- ters, &c. by JAMES ORCHARD HALLIWELL, Esq., F.R.S., 8vo. cloth, 12* %* Twenty-five copies have been printed on thick paper, price 1. Is. Anecdota Literaria ; a Collection of Short Poems in English, Latin, and French, illustrative of the Literature and History of England in the XHIth Century ; and more especially of the Condition and Manners of the different Classes of Society, by T. WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A., &c. 8vo. cloth, only 250 copies printed, 5 Dictionary of Archaic and Provincial Words, Obso- lete Phrases, Proverbs, and Ancient Customs, from the Reign of Edward I., by JAMES ORCHARD HALLIWELL, F.R S , F.S.A., &c. 2 vols. 8vo. containing upwards of 1000 pages, closely printed in double columns, cloth, a new and cheaper edition, 15* It contains above 50,000 words (embodying all the known scattered glossaries of the English language), forming a complete key for the reader of our old Poets, Dramatists, Theologians, and other authors, whose works abound with allusions,, of which explana- tions are not to be found in ordinary Dictionaries and books of reference. Most of tha principal Archaisms are illustrated by examples selected from early inedited MSS. and rare books, and by far the greater portion will be found to be original authorities. A Glossary; or, Collection of Words, Phrases, Customs, Proverbs, &c., illustrating the Works of English Authors, par- ticularly Shakespeare and his Contemporaries, by ROBERT NARES, Arch- deacon of Stafford, &c., a new Edition, with considerable Additions, both of Words and Examples, by JAMES O. HALLIWELL, F.R.S., and THOMAS WRIGHT, M.A., F.S.A., 2 thick vols. 8vo. doth, 1. 8* The Glossary of Archdeacon Nares is by far the best and most useful work we possess for explaining and illustrating the obsolete language and the customs and manners of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, and it is quite indispensable for the readers of the literature of the Elizabethan period. The additional words and examples are distinguished from those in the original text by a t prefixed to each. The work contains between Jive and ix thousand additional examples, the result of original research, not merely supple- mentary to Nares, but to all other compilations of the kind. A Glossary of Northamptonshire Words and Phrases; with examples of their colloquial use, with illustrations, from various Authors; to which are added, the Customs of the County, by Miss A. E. BAKER, 2 vols. post 8vo. cloth, 16* (oriyiiial pi-ice, 1. 4.) " We are under great obligations to the lady, sister to the local historian of North- amptonshire, who has occupied her time in producing this very capital Glossary of .North- amptonshire provincialisms." Examiner. 8 Poems of Rural Life, in the Dorset Dialect, with a Dissertation and Glossary, by the Rev. WM. BARNES, B.D., second edition, enlarged and corrected, royal 12mo. cloth, 10s Hwomely Rhymes ; a Second Collection of Poems in the Dorset Dialect, by the Rev. W. BARNES, royal 12mo. cloth, 5s 1859 " The author is a genuine poet, and it is delightful to catch the pure breath of song in verses which assert themselves only as the modest vehicle of rare words and Saxon in- flections. We have no intention of setting up the Dorset patois against the more ex- tended provincialism of Scotland, still less of comparing the Dorsetshire poet with the Scotch; yet we feel sure that these poems would have delighted the heart of Burns, that many of them are not unworthy of him, and that (at any rate) his best productions cannot express a more cordial sympathy with external nature, or a more loving interest in human joys and sorrows." Literary Gazette. Dialect of South Lancashire; or, Tim Bobbin's Tummus and Meaiy; revised and corrected, vith his Rhymes, and an enlarged Glossary of Words and Phrases, chiefly used by the Rural Popu- lation of the Manufacturing Districts of South Lancashire, by SAMUEL BAMFORD, 12mo. second edition, cloth, 3* Gd Barnes (Rev. W.) Notes on Ancient Britain and the Britons, fcap. 8vo. cloth, 3s " A little book in exactly inverse proportion to its great merit ; its contents might have been amplified into a huge octavo. As it is, it is an invaluable manual ; and to any thoughtful individual, disposed to the preparation of a series of lectures on our early his- tory, it would be a difficult task to point out a more suggestive book in the English tongue." Manchester Advertiser. Views of Labour and Gold, by the Rev. W. BARNES, B.D., Author of " Poems in the Dorset Dialect," " Notes on Ancient Bri- tain," &c. 12mo. cloth, 3s " Mr. Barnes is a reader and a thinker. He has a third and a conspicuous merit his style is perfectly lucid and simple. If the humblest reader of ordinary intelligence desired to follow out the process by which societies are built up and held together, he has but to betake himself to the study of Mr. Barnes's epitome. The title, ' Views of Labour and Gold,' cannot be said 10 indicate the scope of the Essays, which open with pictures of primitive life, and pass on, through an agreeable and diversified range of topics, to con- siderations of the rights, duties, and interests of Labour and Capital, and to the inquiry-- what constitutes the utility, wealth, and positive well-being of a Nation? Subjects of this class are rarely handled with so firm a grasp and such light and artistic manipulations." Athenaeum. Biblia Pauperum, reproduced in facsimile from one of the Copies in the British Museum, with an Historical and Bibliographi- cal Introduction by J. PH. BERJEAU, royal 4to. with 40 plates, half morocco, 2. 2s As a specimen of the earliest Woodcuts, and of printed Block -books, destined to supT- serte the .Manuscripts anterior to the valuable Invention of Gutti-nlmrg, the ' B.tilia Pauperum" (executed between 1420 and H3r) is well worthy the attriit ion of the Amateur of the Fine Ai is, as well as of tne Bibliographer. It is printed uuilurmly with Mr. S. Leigh Sotheby's "Principia Typographica." . -